Home

Component Access / Removal Built-In (BI) Series

1. HIGH VOLTAGE uus se BLACK NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES WATER FILTER SW wo 8 TANMMITE w 0000000 waren vave i 1600 PINK IM wee CONDENSER MOTOR a REDAWHITE Qr FILTER LIGHT ware rneczen cer w EE FREEZER LIGHTS es E Nx vum ON ORANGE BLACK WHITE ee ST O wre on ORANGE E Cy Uhen ner DOORSRTCH wore at eeniGEKATOR onancerack al ORANGE 027 WHITE EBENE wore FEBEEE MAIN CONTROL 3 BOARD f Fl m 2300 29000 FILL TUBE HEATER m m GRAYAWHITE Tet 7 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER N DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY GRAY ware FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE LOW VOLTAGE CRISPER FANS WHTERED REDBLACK z 2 AIR FILTER FAN 5 WHITE BROWN NS H GLASS DOOR HEATER m Bs 2490 3170 DERE PANNAAN YELLOWBROWN M BLACKYELLOW s dE WHITE BLUE E WHITE MAIN F CONTROL k BOARD r BEACKMIRITE FLOW EXERNAL BROWN METER CY FREEZER EVAP DEVICE BROWN THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET NERA aue Net tue i uod E THERMISTER I REF CABINET BROWN H KEY PAD H ACCENT LIGHTING E ib CONTROL PANEL ASSY 1 WATE PURPLE
2. Figure 7 113 Compartment Thermistor Removal 7 45 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Model BI 36F Compressor Area Mechanical Components NOTE For water filter and filter manifold see Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components earlier in this section Main Control Board Screws hold the main control board inside a control housing that sits on a slide support bracket at the left side of the compressor area To remove the main control board assembly the control grille and compressor shroud will need to be removed first then See Figure 7 114 1 Grab front of control housing and pull it toward front of unit off of the support bracket 2 Disconnect wire leads from wire harness at right side of housing 3 Disconnect communication cables from right side of control 4 Attop of control housing lift the cover latches off of tabs along top of housing case then separate the cover from the case Disconnect all wire leads from control board Extract control board mounting screws and lift board out of case D Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Tabs at the back of the fan shroud fit into grommets in the condenser s rear bracket A hole in the bottom front flange of the condenser fan shroud fits down over a threaded stud and a nut is then applied onto the stud The
3. LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE 1885 7 08 PURE AIR ALARM POWER FREEZER ZONE SET POINT REFRIGERATOR ZONE ADJUSTMENT SET POINT KEYS ADJUSTMENT ICE MAKER KEYS DOOR AJAR SYSTEM ON OFF ALARM ON OFF KEY KEY Figure 3 4 Control Panel Layout 3 5 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In Series Vse sZ BASIC ELECTRONIC CONTROL INPUT OPERATIONS The following pages describe the basic input operations performed at the control panel switching unit ON and OFF adjusting set point temperature adjustment switching ice maker system ON and OFF activate and deactivate maximize ice production feature enabling and disabling door ajar alarm feature activate and deactivate air purifica tion feature and in models with glass doors only switching accent lighting system ON and OFF Please note that though possible to display temperatures in Fahrenheit or Celsius in most cases Fahrenheit readings are shown in this manual Unit ON OFF All units are shipped in OFF Mode When electricity is supplied to the appliance a short power up diagnostics test is initiated where the lights are energized double dashes appear in the LCD followed by the model code then all components are switched OFF and the word OFF appears in the LCD See Figure 3 5 By pressing the POWER key for one 1 second electricity is allowed past the control b
4. If in Sabbath Mode the com partment thermistor still con trols compressor operation CONTROL PEE aues 4 Freezer evaporator except that when high off rmm eR below 35 F 2 C set is reached there is a displayed at t ae ZS recon ee M random 15 to 25 second Left of LCD a 3 ome E delay before the compres sor is energized The condenser fan is ener B gized whenever a compres ka 1 Freezer s high offset temperature detected sor is energized THERIASTER swe QY ner caemer BROWN ACCENT LIGHTING BLUE PURPLE Figure 3 44 Signal Trace Schematic Regulating Freezer Temperature 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 26 Esoezee1 Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Additional Regulating of Freezer Compartment Temperatures Details of Controlling the Freezer Variable Speed Evaporator Fan Motor During normal operation and when the door is closed the variable speed evaporator fan motor in the freezer zone is supplied with 12V DC at all times from P2 14 off of the control board with the ground or neutral return to P2 1 and to ensure proper speed commands the fan s RPM is monitored at all times via P2 15 The fan will receive a high speed run command from P2 12 and stay running at high speed
5. 7005333 Revision B March 2009 CURE 8 5 3 1 6 4 1 P9 PB P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 Pl snonononn O U CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR TU VOLT CIRGUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS P141 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE P2 1 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P142 UNUSED UNUSED P22 CRISPER LIGHT 12 VDC POWER CRISPER LIGHT POWER P14 3 UNUSED UNUSED P23 CRISPER LIGHT GROUND RETURN CRISPER LIGHT RETURN P144 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P24 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT REDIWHITE P14 5 UNUSED UNUSED P2 5 UNUSED UNUSED P14 6 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P2 6 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE RETURN WHITEIBLACK 2 7 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN OUTPUT RED BLACK P151 MAIN LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW P2 8 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN RETURN WHITEJBROWN P152 UNUSED UNUSED P2 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT OUTPUT P15 3 COMPRESSOR 1 POWERS COMPRESSOR PURPLE P2 10 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT RETURN 15 4 UNUSED UNUSED P2 UNUSED UNUSED 15 5 COMPRESSOR 2 POWERS REF COMPRESSOR GRAY P2 12 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW BROWN P15 6 UNUSED UNUSED P2 13 REF EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW P15 7 UNUSED UNUSED P214 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P15 8 DEFROST HEATER POWERS OFF HEATER BLUE P215 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER
6. 36 U 42 S 36 UI 42 SI BI42SD 48 SD 42 SD 48 SDI 42 SDI 48 S 36 S 48 SI 36 SI 36 R 36 UG 36 RI 36 UGI BI48SD 36 F 36 RG 36 FI 36 3p 5 DEFAULT SETTING 30 U 30 UG 30 UI 30 UGI MUST BE CONFIGURED 3 43 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fevs zercy Manual Component Activation Mode Manual Component Activation Mode allows a Service Technician to activate and toggle through various unit func tions while observing the corresponding function codes and associated temperatures in the LCD This mode also allows for voltage checks at the activated components without having to wait for the zone to call for cooling To initiate Manual Component Activation Mode the unit must first be ON and in Diagnostic Mode See Figure 3 86 NOTE If Fault Codes have been logged the control will enter Fault Code Recall Mode instead of Diagnostic Mode If this happens press the ALARM key to shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode While in Diagnostic Mode and keeping in mind that the components can be activated in only one zone at a time press and hold the desired zone s COLDER key and the POWER key for ten 10 seconds See Figures 3 87 and 3 88 at which time all cooling functions will stop the letters OF and F will appear in the LCD and all icons in the LCD will illuminate The chosen zone s components can now be
7. 3 29 Monitor IM System Display If Service is Needed 3 30 Monitor Compressors Displays If Service is Needed 3 31 Possible Instruction and Error Indicators 3 32 Service Input Operation S 3 34 Diagnostic Mode rrt tt 3 34 Thermistor Location Code Table 3 35 Fault Code Recall 3 36 Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation 3 37 Temperature Log Recall Mode 3 39 Compartment Thermistors Only 3 39 All Thermistors i nro 3 40 Temperature Log Event Indicators 3 41 Model Configuration Mode 3 42 Model Code Table titt 3 43 Manual Component Activation 3 44 Component Activation Tables 3 45 Self Test Mode ce teni eer egi 3 46 Section 4 Sealed System Information 4 1 134a Refrigerant Information 4 2 General 134a Rules tenente 4 2 Sealed System Repair Procedures Table 4 3 Sealed System Operation 4 4 Refrigerant Flow Diagrams
8. Figure 7 151 Air Purifier Cartridge Removal Diffuser Brackets Figure 7 152 Upper Light Diffuser Removal 7 61 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assemblies are located behind the light dif gt fuser at the top of the compartment To remove light bulbs first remove the light diffuser Ground Clip then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 153 Light bracket assemblies are secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser and light bulbs then See Figure 7 153 1 Extract bracket mounting screws EM Light Bracket Assembly 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Figure 72152 Upper Light Assembly Control Panel Assembly a k a UIM User Interface Module The control panel assembly UIM is located at the top front of the refrigerator compartment and is secured 4 L with tabs at each end fitting into slots in the display sup s port UIM Rear View J To remove the control panel assembly first remove the Hss upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 154 2 1 At each end of control panel assembly re
9. I FOAM IN PLACE EFROST HEATER L J pos LWR FREEZER TERMINATOR 1 HIGH VOLTAGE V FOAMHN PLACE L LJ GREEN YELLOW GREENYELLOW 3 ICEMAKER WHITE SOLENOID J m WATER s E T SOLENOID CH RED 5 OPEN 5 op OPEN 7005333 Revision B March 2009 10 18 Esue zeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7002952 REV C WIRING DIAGRAM LOW VOLTAGE Aa WARNING MODE LS BI 42S D BI 48S D This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only 7 Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock MAIN CONTROL BOARD BLUEAVHITE YELLOW BR OWN BLUE BLACK YELLOWNWHITE WHITE BROWN RED BLACK BLUE ORANGE BLUE YELLOW RED s JO UPPER REF EVAP FAN MOTOR TOUCH PAD BULK ICE SW YELLOW WHITE 1 BLACKIYELLOW 2 SENSOR JACKET CABLE REF CAB SENSOR REF EVAP JACKET CABLE RED BLACK 1 ED 2
10. Lower Tab Slot in Display Support Figure 7 103 Control Panel Assembly Removal viewed from behind Screws Upper Duct Assembly Figure 7 102 Upper Duct Assembly Removal 7 41 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee ss4 Shelf Ladder Shelf ladders are held to the side walls with screws To remove a shell ladder first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 105 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder from side wall Middle Duct Assembly The middle duct assembly is secured to the compart ment back wall lower duct assembly and the evapora tor fan assembly with screws To remove the middle duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf upper freezer basket icemaker assembly upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 106 1 Pull fill tube heater from fill tube 2 Extract middle duct assembly mounting screws and pull duct forward slightly 3 Work fill tube heater wires through plastic grommet and disconnect icemaker wire harness panel mount electrical plug from the duct Then pull the duct assembly from the compartment Fill Tube Heater To Remove the fill tube heater first remove all can tilever shelves the fixed
11. Press and hold for 10 seconds Figure 3 88 Initiate Manual Component Activation Mode for Freezer Components While in Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold Freezer COLDER and POWER for ten 10 seconds Then Press Freezer WARMER or COLDER Key to Activate Components as Indicated in Table 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 44 Esoezee1 Built In BI Series Electronic Control System REFRIGERATOR ZONE MANUAL COMPONENT ACTIVATION TABLE STEP FUNCTIONS COMPONENT S LCD VIEW COMMENTS 1 All Components OFF All Lights OFF SS ZFF OFF Displayed All Lights OFF 2 Ref Compressor ON JB Zr Zone Temp 8 r Displayed Actual temps will vary FALE goal Cal Alternate Evap Temp amp rE Zone Temp amp rC Display at 3 F 5 second intervals Actual temps will vary wasl L 3 Ref Evaporator Fan ON Comp stays ON 4 Condenser Fan ON Comp Evap fan stays ON A S gt g Zone Temp amp Cd Displayed Actual temps will vary FAR 5 Drawer Fan s ON Comp Evap Cond fan p Sarre Alternate 84 64 if set Celsius amp dr Evap Temp amp rE switch OFF E PTT Display at 5 second intervals Actual temps will vary Dd m 6 C EF OFF Displayed All Lights ON TEE s Al ESL EXIT FREEZER ZONE MANUAL COMPONENT ACTIVATION TABLE STEP FUNCTIONS COMPONENT S LCD VIEW COMMENTS 1 All Components OFF All Lights OFF OFF Displayed All Light
12. Figure 3 15 Adjusting LCD Contrast Level any time after first minute of switching unit ON Press and Hold COLDER WARMER and POWER Keys for 5 Seconds LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER eae Cs Figure 3 16 Press COLDER or WARMER Key to Change Contrast Level Pressing COLDER Shown Decrease Number 3 11 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In Series Fevs zercy Tone Adjust Mode Adjusting the Audible Chime Tone The tone of the electronic control audible chime is preset at the factory This preset level is referred to as the nor mal tone but it can be manually adjusted down to low or up to high for a total of three possible settings This is possible through Tone Adjust Mode NOTE Tone Adjust Mode can be initiated anytime after the first 1 minute of switching the unit ON To adjust the chime tone first initiate Contrast Adjust Mode by pressing and holding either set of COLDER and WARMER keys and the POWER key simultaneously for five 5 seconds then release the keys See Figure 3 17 While in Contrast Adjust Mode press the POWER key and the letter S for Sound will appear at the small digit location in the LCD indicating the control is now in Tone Adjust Mode At the right side of the LCD will be the letters Hi for High or nO for Normal or Lo for Low indi
13. Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly The bottom cabinet hinge assembly is attached to the b Figure 7 267 Door Assembly Removal bottom of the unit with bolts To remove the bottom cabinet hinge assembly first remove the top hinge assembly and the door Then using a 1 2 wrench or socket extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts and pull the hinge assembly from the unit See Figure 7 268 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Bolts Figure 7 268 Cabinet Hinge Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 108 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 269 Adjustable Door Shelves and Dairy Compartment Removal and adjustment of the upper door shelves and dairy compartment assembly is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 270 Non adjustable Door Shelf The lower non adjustable door shelf has hooks at the back side
14. Figure 7 36 Control Panel Assembly Removal viewed from behind Screws 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Shelf Ladder Shelf ladders are held to the side walls with screws To remove a shelf ladder first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 38 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder from side wall Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly The evaporator fan shroud is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove the evaporator fan shroud assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 39 1 Disconnect evaporator fan electrical leads 2 Extract screws securing fan shroud to compartment ceiling and pull assembly from the compartment Evaporator Fan Motor The evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the bracing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and evaporator fan assembly then See Figure 7 40 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft
15. 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs 2 Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment Figure 7 33 Air Purifier Cartridge Removal NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the inverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily Diffuser Brackets Figure 7 34 Upper Light Diffuser Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 14 Esuezeed Built In Series Component Access Removal Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assemblies are located behind the light dif fuser at the top of the compartment To remove light bulbs first remove the light diffuser then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 35 Light bracket assemblies are secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser and light bulbs then See Figure 7 35 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Control Panel Assembly a k a UIM User Interface Module The control panel assembly UIM is located at the top front of the refrigerator compartment and is secured with tabs at each end fitting into
16. PINK IM M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR WHITERED WHITE WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER WHITE BLUE WHITE GRAY WHITE DEF HEATER 27 9 30 9 Q a DEFROST TERMINATOR WHITE REFRIGERATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY 4 Compressor not energized until evaporator temp climbs to 38 F 3 C FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY REDWHITE 2 Run command LOW VOLTAGE WHITE RED sent to evapo mue 7005333 Revision B March 2009 rator fan RED BLACK AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN EVAPORATOR FAN EVAPORATOR FAN EI FREEZER GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 RED BLACKYELLOW E 3 Refrigerator evaporator BOARD Scene EN e below 38 F 3 C B ul BLUE A BROWN THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET BLUE THERMISTER Gr REF EVAP THERMISTER REF CABINET EXERNAL C ence ACCENT LIGHTING
17. switched back ON HIGH VOLTAGE uf A em L5VOLTS NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES WATER FILTER SW Power to compressors monitored fault code S logged if 100 run TAN 0000000 WATER VALVE WE observed and service m IM 1900 m icon appears if sever al 100 runs occur WHITERED CONDENSER FAN MOTOR mE service icon flashes REDIWHITE wore and alarm chimes al Loy WHITE EE w SE E Gum ON ORANGE BLACK DET WHITE p DOOR SWITCH N Z Ez WHITE z ORANGE Q SZ WHITE REF DOOR SWITCH ED WHITE mE S ORANGE O WHITE FE E MAIN g CONTROL BOARD 2300 29000 HEATER ize F GRAY WHITE 8 sx N 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER m DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR 1 COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY Figure 3 50 Signal Trace Schematic Monitoring Compressor Run Times AL AS LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER J 5 BAS F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 51 the Service Icon Flashing amp Alarm Chiming Service Needed Immediately 3 31 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In Series Vse sz POSSIBLE INSTRUCTION AND ERROR FAULT INDICATORS The diagrams on these pages illustrate what a customer may see in the LCD if the appliance needs attention NOTES To clear instruction indicat
18. 7 25 Figure 7 62 Defrost Heater Removal Evaporator Thermistor Figure 7 63 Evaporator Thermistor Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Models BI 30U BI 36U Compressor Area Mechanical Components NOTE For water filter and filter manifold see Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components earlier in this section Main Control Board Screws hold the main control board inside a control housing that sits on a slide support bracket at the left side of the compressor area To remove the main control board assembly the control grille and compressor shroud will need to be removed first then See Figure 7 64 1 Grab front of control housing and pull it toward front of unit off of the support bracket Disconnect wire leads from wire harness at right side of housing Disconnect communication cables from right side of control At top of control housing lift the cover latches off of tabs along top of housing case then separate the cover from the case Disconnect all wire leads from control board Extract control board mounting screws and lift board out of case 2 D Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Tabs at the back of the fan shroud fit into grommets in the condenser s rear bracket A hole in the bottom front flange of the condenser fan shroud fits down over a threaded stud and a nut is then applied onto the stud Th
19. Ci Figure 3 83 Stop When Correct Model Code is Displayed 48 and S 48 Side by Side LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER p r 9 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 84 Press POWER Key when Correct Code is Displayed Pr and g Appear on LCD Asking if the Code Displayed Should be Programmed Stored LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J B 5 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 85 Press POWER Key Again Configuration is Complete Model Code is Displayed for 3 Seconds 48 and S 48 Side by Side then Temperatures are Displayed NOTES The main control board is used in domestic and international units An l at the end of the model code indicates an International model code However the LCD can currently only display 4 digits so if the code is 5 digits long Ex 30UGI 36UGI 36RGI 42SDI amp 48SDI the 5th digit will not appear Until this is addressed please note that stopping when the appropriate model code is first observed domestic only should result in DOMESTIC MODEL CODE TABLE proper operation When scrolling through model codes please CODE MODEL WIESE DEFAULT note that they do not appear in numerical BI36U order as show in the tables at right At this BI36UG writing their order will be as shown in the tables below
20. Figure 3 1 Electronic Control System Overview BI 36UG Wiring Schematic 3 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series CONTROL BOARD LAYOUT AND SUMMARY TABLE The electrical connection points on the main control board are labeled alphanumerically See Figure 3 2 These labels correspond with the alphanumeric control board summary table located on wiring diagrams See Figure 3 3 By referencing the summary table it is possible to identify which components are connected at which connection points on the main control board NOTE All components on control board are non replaceable If problems with control board are identified the complete control board must be replaced P18 SOS DEFROST MAN al 6 P16 HTR 9 LIGHTS Li NEUTRAL oo nun 1 9 P15 l 1 0 P14 P17 8 5 3 i 6 4 1 P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 P1 un E oo coos ooon oo oooooooo Figure 3 2 Control Board Layout O U G CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COL
21. LOCATE 178 24 610 ELECTRICAL i OPENING WITHIN 6 DEPTH SHADED AREA 152 2 A a OPENING WIDTH 833 4 751p 2127 1918 OPENING HEIGHT LOCATE WATER SUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 6 457 gt 152 7 3 176 SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 18 u oa m ANTI TIP BRACKET MUST NOT TOP VIEW 1 INTERFERE WITH WATER LINE REFER TO INSTALLATION WATER LINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETE 24 610 263 16 DETAILS OPENING GUTLIN 665 ASSUMES 3 4 19 PANEL DEPTH og FLUSH INSET FLUSH INSET THICKNESS APPLICATION WITH sHurorr DEPTH EXTEND WATER LINE APPROX 3 4 19 PANEL VALVE 36 914 FROM BACK WALL P 3 1 4 6 X u Ja 6 zne 56 m x X f j lt 24 610 gt lt NL LOCATE 178 OPENING a ELECTRICAL I DEPTH WITHIN n 6 ul SHADED AREA T 152 263 16 665 FLUSH INSET DEPTH 833 4 84 751p 2127 2134 1918 OPENING FLUSH HEIGHT INSET HEIGHT gt lt A gt lt 114 OPENING WIDTH 11 4 32 32 lt gt FLUSH INSET WIDTH LOCATE WATER SUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 6 457 152 y 3 76 Y SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW 2 5 Installation Information INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Side by Side Models D Framed Overlay n
22. 1 Atthe back right hand side of the drawer handle or handle side trim insert a flat blade screwdriver into the notch in the screw cover and pry the cover away form the handle or handle side trim disengaging the screw cover from the clips See Figures 2 17A and 2 17B 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle or handle side trim mounting screws and pull the handle or trim from the drawer See Figures 2 18A and 2 18B 9 KD Figure 2 17A Screw Cover Removal Figure 2 17B Screw Cover Removal with Handle with Handle Side Trim Figure 2 18A Handle Removal Figure 2 18B Handle Side Trim Removal 2 13 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Built In BI Series Fevs zeroy Glasswell Dispenser Assembly If attempting to remove and or install a door panel on the refrigerator door of a dispenser model note that the proce dure is the same as that listed on the previous pages However the dispenser control panel and glasswell bezel will also need to be removed Dispenser Control Panel Removal Procedure 1 Extract the center post of the plastic rivets using a fingernail putty knife or similar device See Figure 2 19 then pull the rivets out 2 Pull the dispenser control panel down and disconnect the ribbon cable See Figure 2 20 NOTE When reassembling a Make sure blue s
23. After replacing the condenser take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 130 Compressor Electrical Assembly Capacitor amp Clip 1 Screws 3 Rubber Grommets 4 Figure 7 327 Compressor Removal Inlet and Outlet are at back of Condenser Figure 7 328 Condenser Removal Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Refrigerator or Freezer Evaporator The refrigerator and freezer evaporators are attached to the rear walls of their respective compartments with screws behind the compartment duct assemblies See Duct Assembly removal procedures earlier in this sec tion NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing an evaporator The electrical components on a freezer evaporator will be reused so remove the defrost heater defrost terminator and evaporator thermistor from the freezer evaporator To remove an evaporator first capture the refrigerant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 329 or 7 330 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then rem
24. BLUE PURPLE LED WHITEPURPLE 1 High offset temperature detected in refrigerator KEYPAD Figure 3 42 Signal Trace Schematic Refrigerator Off Cycle Defrost 3 24 Feus zero Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Minimize Condensation on Refrigerator Door Glass Models Produced with Glass Doors Only On models with glass refrigerator doors a low DC voltage five 5 watt braided wire heater is foamed into the door around the glass perimeter This heater helps to minimize the formation of condensation on the glass and or door frame by energizing in ten 10 to forty 40 second ON OFF cycles depending on the compartment temperatures colder temperatures equal longer cycles See Figure 3 43 To help minimize condensation further the microprocessor HIGH VOLTAGE ak z detects when the refrigerator NEURAL door is opened via the light switch and when the door clos es the evaporator fan is ener gized for five 5 minutes T regardless of the refrigerator 1600 s compressor opera
25. Figure 7 248 Drain Pan Removal Collar Inlet Tube AC Connections Outlet Tubes DC Connection Figure 7 249 Water Valve Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Esus zenod Water Filter Cartridge The water filter cartridge is located at the right hand top side of the unit behind grille assembly To remove the water filter cartridge first lift open the front of the grille assembly then See Figure 7 250 1 Push the cartridge in toward the water filter mani fold to depress the spring and catch mechanism 2 Then pull cartridge out of the manifold NOTE After a filter cartridge has been replaced the reset button behind the unit grille must be pressed for five 5 seconds to clear the filter icon from the LCD and reset the water filter timer Manifold Figure 7 250 Water Filter Cartridge Removal Water Filter Manifold The water filter manifold is secured to the right hand top side of the unit with screws behind grille assembly NOTE Before attempting to remove the water filter Outlet Tube manifold switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the filter manifold first lift open the front of the grille assembly and remove the water filter car tridge then See Figure 7 251 1 Use a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit to extract the mani fold mounting screws Inlet Tube 2 Pull the manifold forward and disconnect
26. Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost will not operate if unit is in Sabbath Mode The defrost terminator will not allow power to the defrost heater if the evaporator is above 30 F 1 C Evaporator Temperatures Displayed for 5 Seconds when Initiated gu LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER a 5 F nr 5 F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 5 seconds Figure 3 28 Initiate Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost Press and Hold ICE MAKER Key for 5 Seconds LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER D F 3 B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 29 Compartment Temperatures Displayed 5 Seconds after Manual Defrost is Initiated 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 16 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System DOOR DISPENSER CONTROL INPUT OPERATIONS MODELS BI42SD AND BI48SD ONLY Models equipped with an ice and water dispenser through the refrigerator door utilize a capacitance touch control panel similar to the main control panel Below are the input operations a customer or Service Technician may per form at the door dispenser control panel A CAUTION The dispenser assembly operates on low DC voltage Never apply AC line voltage to the dispenser compo nents doing so will damage the appliance Changing the Dispenser Lighting States There are three possible l
27. The electrical components on a freezer evaporator will be reused so remove the defrost heater defrost terminator and evaporator thermistor from the freezer evaporator To remove an evaporator first capture the refrigerant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 73 or 7 74 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 2 above 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Evaporator Figure 7 73 Refrigerator Evaporator Removal Freezer Evaporator 7 30 Figure 7 74 Freezer Evaporator Removal Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Refrigerator or Freezer Heat Exchanger The refrigerator heat exchanger passes through the ceiling of the refrigerator compartment The freezer heat exchanger passes through the back wall of the freezer compartment NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing a heat e
28. 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud 7005333 Revision B March 2009 CER Figure 7 38 Shelf Ladder Removal Fan Shroud Assembly i i Figure 7 39 Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly Fan Bracket Clip Screwdriver gt Figure 7 40 Fan Motor Removal 7 16 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Air Purifier Pocket Assembly The air purifier pocket assembly consisting of the air purifier cartridge holder a fan assembly and a trans former is located behind the top evaporator cover and is secured to the compartment back wall with screws To remove the air purifier pocket assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 41 1 Disconnect fan motor wire leads and transformer wire leads from wire harness 2 Extract air purifier pocket assembly mounting screws and remove assembly from unit Refrigerator Compartment Thermistor The refrigerator compartment thermistor is inserted into a thermistor clamp behind the upper duct assembly To remove the compartment thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly
29. AIR FILTER FAN WATE SENSOR FRE EVAP SENSOR FRE CAB DOOR DISPENSER FRE EVAP FAN MOTOR Q WHITE DRAWER FAN LOW VOLTAGE ME 10 19 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series P N 7002952 REV C CONTROL BOARD DETAIL amp SUMMARY TABLE MODELS BI 42SD BI 48SD SUB ZERO Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock P18 P6 P16 DEFROST MAIN HTR COMP2 COMPl LIGHTS Ho a NEUTRAL P14 1 I l 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 5 3 1 6 4 1 oooo P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 Pl snonononn S x S DISPENSER CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR I20 VOLT C
30. LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 5 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 20 Press COLDER Key to Decrease Tone Press WARMER Key to Increase Tone 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 12 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Showroom Mode Showroom Mode was incorporated into the electronic control system so that these appliances could be displayed in a showroom setting When in Showroom Mode all cooling defrosting ice making and dispensing if applicable functions are disabled but the lighting system and door ajar alarm system remain operational and the LCD will show the set points To initiate Showroom Mode the unit must first be switched OFF using the POWER key See Figure 3 21 Then press and hold either pair of WARMER and COLDER keys then the POWER key at which point three 3 beeps will be emitted and Sh and r will appear in the LCD for five 5 seconds indicating the appliance is now is showroom mode See Figure 3 22 After the initial five seconds set points will appear in the LCD See Figure 3 23 To return the unit to normal operation repeat the steps above NOTES The air purifier will be energized for thirty 30 seconds any time the door is opened or the PURE AIR key is pressed The lighting system will be disabled for twenty 20 minutes if the lights stay ON more than 9096 of the time in any given fifteen 15 minutes or if a compartme
31. SENSOR REF EVAP JACKET CABLE RED BLACK 1 WHITEBROWN 2 AIR FILTER FAN REDAWHITE 1 DRAWER FAN REDAWHITE 1 DRAWER FAN N A FOR BI 36S LOW VOLTAGE 10 15 FLOW METER 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series P N 7000630 REV D CONTROL BOARD DETAIL amp SUMMARY TABLE MODELS BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S SUB ZERO 4a WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock P18 P6 P16 DEFROST MAIN HTR COMP2 LIGHTS u NEUTRAL P14 1 I l 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 5 3 1 6 4 1 oooo P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 Pl snonononn S x S CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR T5 VOLT CIRCUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS 14 1
32. followed by E Refrigerator Evaporator F Freezer F followed by E Freezer Evaporator See Figure 3 72 and 3 73 Pressing the WARMER key See Figure 3 74 while in Temperature Log Recall Mode will toggle up through the indexes from 1 to 240 while pressing the COLDER key See Figure 3 75 will toggle down through the indexes NOTE Temperature Log Recall Mode will end twenty 20 seconds after the last key stroke IM D J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 4 LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER LJ 19 4 v Ne doceo Code Flashes Every 3 Seconds F Freezer Figure 3 72 Thermistor Location Code Flashes at 3 second intervals F then E Freezer Evaporator LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J B D J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 4 Figure 3 73 Thermistor Location Code Flashes at 3 second intervals F then E Freezer Evaporator LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 2 00 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Index 002 Figure 3 74 Toggle UP Through Indexes Press and Hold WARMER Key or Press in Multiple Key Strokes LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J Jr COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Index 240 Figure 3 75 Toggle Down Through Indexes Press and Hold COLDER Key or Press in Multiple Key Strokes 7
33. AL INJURY OR DEATH A CAUTION Indicates that hazardous or unsafe practices could result in minor personal injury and or product damage and or property damage In addition please pay attention to the signal word NOTE which highlights information that is especially important for the topic being covered TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE If you should have any questions regarding the BI Series and or this manual please contact Sub Zero Inc ATTN Service Department P O Box 44988 Madison WI 53744 4988 Customer Assistance Phone 800 222 7820 Facsimile 608 441 5887 Technical Assistance For Technicians in Customer s Homes Only Phone 800 919 8324 Warranty Claims Phone 800 222 7820 Facsimile 608 441 5886 Service Department e mail Address customerservice subzero com Office Hours 7 00 AM to 7 00 PM Central Time Monday through Friday This manual is designed to be used by Authorized Service Personnel only Sub Zero Inc assumes no responsibility for any repairs made on Sub Zero refrigeration units by anyone other than Authorized Service Technicians The information and images contained in this manual are the copyright property of Sub Zero Inc Neither this man ual nor any information or images contained herein may be copied or used in whole or in part without the express written consent of Sub Zero Inc all rights reserved 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Esuez
34. BROWN THERMISTER REF CABINET EXERNAL DEVICE KEYPAD Figure 3 45 Signal Trace Schematic Low DC Voltage Variable Speed Freezer Fan Operation 3 27 37005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Monitor and Control Adaptive Defrost of Freezer Evaporator Initially the freezer compressor cycle runs for six 6 hours then the compressor and evaporator fan are switched OFF and the control board defrost relay is closed supplying power to the defrost heater With Adaptive Defrost the length of time the defrost heater stays on to open the defrost terminator bimetal is observed by the microprocessor via the grey w white stripe wire to P18 6 This length of time is used to calculate the number of hours before the next defrost defrost interval If the heater is energized for a shorter time period then the microprocessor estimated based on predetermined algorithms the microprocessor increases the next defrost interval If the heater stays on for a longer time period the microprocessor decreases the next defrost inter val See Figure 3 46 This is an ongoing process whereby the defrost heater ON time and the defrost interval will vary by unit use NOTES A five 5 minute time delay dwell follows all defrosts before the compressor is energized Minimum defrost interval 6 hours of compressor run time Maximum defrost interval 80 hours of compressor
35. Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee zs4 Crisper Spacer Assembly The crisper spacer assembly which also holds the Consumer Use and Care Cards is attached to the hinge side wall with screws To remove the crisper spacer assembly first remove the crisper glass shelf the drawer assemblies the glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides and the crisper light cover Then extract the crisper spacer mounting screws and pull the spacer assembly from the wall See Figure 7 201 Air Purifier Cartridge The air purification system is located behind a door on the upper refrigerator duct assembly To remove the air purifier cartridge See Figure 7 202 1 Pull bottom edge of door forward and up until it locks in the up position 2 Grab top of inside flap and pull it forward and down this will cause the cartridge to pop out of the sock et 3 Lift cartridge up from socket Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the refrigerated compartment is held in place by invert ed T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the light diffuser See Figure 7 203 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that t
36. FREEZER COMPRESSOR i STARTING RELAY WHITE i i LOW VOLTAGE CRISPER FANS FOR BI 365 i RED BLACK 8 i f AIR FILTER FAN E MAIN CONTROL 5 5 ae EF BOARD Be 48 aED stuEmmrrz YELLOWBROWN M BLUE were 1 y WHITE BLACK H BLACK WHITE FLOW THERMISTER BROWN METER BLUE FREEZER EVAP 1 eve THERMISTER snow 7 m REF EVAP vY I BROWN 1 BLUE REF CABINET EXERNAL i KEYPAD 10 17 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In Series P N 7002952 REV C WIRING DIAGRAM HIGH VOLTAGE Aa WARNING MODE LS BI 42S D BI 48S D This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only h d Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock CONDENSER FAN MOTOR WAT
37. Freezer 02 Unstable 30 Ice Water Accessory Faults 3 Condenser 05 Miswire normal temps 35 Fan Faults 4 Defrost System 06 Miswire overheat 40 Runtime Faults 5 Control System 07 Bad Ohms 44 Glass Heater Faults 6 Compressors 09 Too Warm Large Temp Differential 45 Lighting Faults 7 Ambient 10 Second Device Open 50 Flow Meter 8 Icemaker 11 Second Device Short Closed 60 Load Component Faults 9 Dispenser 12 Second Device Unstable 90 Control Faults A Air Purifier 20 Third Device Open 95 Diagnostics d TC Drawer 21 Third Device Short Closed 98 Power Faults F Freezer Evaporator 22 Third Device Unstable H High Voltage System 25 Diagnostics Failure L Lighting 30 Valve Enabled Too Long r Refrigerator Evaporator 33 Speed Setting too Low U Water Systems 34 Speed Setting too High 35 Fan speed error 36 Fan current too low NOTE These Columns are repeated on next page 37 Fan current too high 38 Fan Power Output Fault 39 DC Fan Output Fault 40 Excessive runtime 42 Primary Heater Fault 43 Secondary Heater Fault 44 Door Heater Output Fault 45 Burned out Light 46 No Position State Detect NOTE This Column is continued on next page 3 37 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Feve zeroy FAULT CODE TABLE WITH LCD CORRELATIO
38. To remove the top cabinet trim first open the grill then See Figure 7 179 1 Use a T 15 6 lobe Torx type bit to loosen but not remove the trim mounting screws 2 Pull the trim forward off of the unit Grille Assembly The grille assembly is attached at the top of the unit with screws passing through the grille s side frames into grille brackets To remove a grille assembly See Figure 7 180 1 Lift open the front of the grille assembly to access the mounting screws 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the two front grille mounting screws then loosen but do not remove the two rear mounting screws 3 pull the grille assembly forward off of the unit NOTE When reinstalling the grille assembly line up the notches at back of grille side frames with the rear mounting screws then push the grille assembly back 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Trim Mounting Screws gt lt 7 lt 17 f e Q Top Cabinet Trim Figure 7 179 Top Cabinet Trim Removal Grille Bracket Grille Mounting Screws X Grille Bracket 7 74 Figure 7 180 Grille Assembly Removal Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Framed Overlay Refrigerator Door Handle Handle Side Trim The door handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the door with Screws
39. f improper RPM signals are detected from the evaporator fan the appropriate fault code will be logged LOW VOLTAGE Reone WHITE RED CRISPER FANS RED BLACK M AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN REF EVAPORATOR FAN GLASS DOOR HEATER 24 90 31 7 Q RED BLUE WHITE YELLOW BROWN YELLOW BLACK YELLOW 77 WHITE BLACK BLACK WHITE FLOW BROWN METER THERMISTER 2 High offset temperature FREEZER EVAP detected in refrigerator BLUE BROWN THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET BLUE THERMISTER REF EVAP BROWN THERMISTER REF CABINET EXERNAL DEVICE ACCENT LIGHTING BLUE PURPLE LED WHITE PURPLE KEYPAD Figure 3 40 Signal Trace Schematic Low DC Voltage Variable Speed Refrigerator Fan Operation 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 22 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Additional Regulating of Refrigerator Compartment Temperatures Details of Controlling the Refrigerator Drawer Fan Motors The refrigerator zone contains an auxiliary low DC voltage fan system consisting of two fans in most models behind the storage drawers This fan system is designed to keep the drawers approximately 2 F 1 C colder than the rest of the compartment by pulling the coldest air directly off of the evaporator coil whenever the refrigerato
40. to 5 in Freezer G Water Filter Icon Illuminated on LCD H Air Purifier Icon Flashing on LCD l SA and b displayed on LCD No Power to Unit Check power to unit plug unit in or switch sup ply circuit breaker ON Unit Switched OFF Check for O FF displayed at LCD If off press POWER key Unit in Showroom Mode Press POWER key to OFF then press and hold WARMER amp COLDER keys and press POWER key Control Set Point Too High Check set point If high adjust Warm Food Load Check for warm food load Instruct customer High Room Ambient Instruct customer unit performs best between 60 F 16 C and 90 32 Control Board Configured for Wrong Check model configuration reconfigure if need Model ed Unit Needs Attention See Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide Unit and or Water Supply Needs See Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide Attention Freezer Compartment Thermistor Check wiring from thermistor to control board Disconnected Shorted or Misread Reconnect repair connections Resistance of thermistor 30 000 33 000 ohms at 32 F 0 C Replace if defective Refrigerator Compartment Thermistor Check wiring from thermistor to control board Disconnected Shorted or Misread Reconnect repair connections Resistance of thermistor 30 000 33 000 ohms at 32 F 0 C Replace if defective Control Set to Display Celsius but 1 Switch unit OFF then ON then press amp Customer Thought it W
41. 27 9 30 9 Q DEFROST TERMINATOR REFRIGERATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE Figure 3 37 Signal Trace Schematic Lighting System 3 19 37005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Control Condenser Fan Operation Built In BI Series Fevs zerol The microprocessor observes the power output to both compressors if power is being supplied to either compres sor a signal is sent to the condenser fan relay on the control board to close supplying power to the condenser fan motor See Figure 3 38 If both compressors are OFF the condenser fan will be OFF 1 Power output to compressors observed by microprocessor BLACK HIGH VOLTAGE WATER FILTER SW M L1 T 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES NEUTRAL 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Figure 3 38 Signal Trace Schematic s DEFROST TERMINATOR sz 2 If power is supplied to E either compressor the condenser fan is energized TAN WHITE TAN 0000000 WATER VALVE 1600 PINK WHITE M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR of S ENN WHITE rn BE 3 Or s B B bes UTC cmm
42. 3 Pull bottom of assembly out while lifting up NOTE When reassembling the top edge of the liner Figure 7 261 Glasswell Liner Sump must fit into the groove at the bottom of the dispenser assembly Dispenser Assembly The dispenser assembly sits above the glasswell liner and is held in position with four screws To remove the dispenser assembly the control panel Liner amp bezel and glasswell liner sump assembly must be Sump Pull bottom removed first then See Figures 7 263 out while lifting up 1 Extract front and back dispenser assembly mount ing screws 2 Pull assembly down and disconnect wires NOTE When reassembling take care not to pinch or kink communication cable and be sure to test for prop er control panel dispenser assembly operation before leaving A screws pull assembly down and disconnect wires Figure 7 263 Dispenser Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 106 Esuezee1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Top Door Hinge Assembly The top hinge assembly is secured to the unit with bolts that pass down through the cabinet hinge plate into threaded inserts Screws passing down through the door hinge secure the hinge assembly to the door NOTE A special tool package is available to assist in removing a top hinge assembly This tool package is provided
43. Allen wrench or bit to extract the hinge assembly mounting screws Drawer Front Assembly The drawer front assembly is attached to the drawer support rails with 1 4 20 X 3 4 Button Head Cap Screws To remove the drawer front assembly See Figure 7 19 1 Open drawer 2 Use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the screws from each side of drawer front assembly NOTE If removing the drawer front to access compo nents inside the freezer compartment it is best to leave the drawer front attached to the drawer support rails and instead extract the screws that hold the support rails to the slides and pull the drawer front and support rails out together In this way there should be no need for drawer adjustments when the drawer front is rein stalled Figure 7 17 Door Assembly Removal Hinge Side Plate Bottom Door Hinge Assy Figure 7 18 Bottom Door Hinge Assy Removal Figure 7 19 Drawer Front Assy Removal 7 9 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Models BI 30U BI 36U Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gaske
44. Door Handle Handle Side Trim Removal 2 12 Drawer Handle Handle Side Trim Removal 2 13 Glasswell Dispenser Assembly 2 14 Control Panel Removal 2 14 Bezel REMOVAL eritis rater rnt 2 14 Anchoring the Unit ii 2 ht rr 2 15 Section 3 Electronic Control System Information 3 1 Terminology amp Component Descriptions 3 2 Electronic Control System Overview 3 3 Control Board Layout amp Summary Table 3 4 Control Panel Layout UIM eee 3 5 Basic Electronic Control Input Operations 3 6 Unit ON OFF unun na aina uta teddy eps 3 6 Adjusting Set Point Temp Adjustment 3 7 Icemaker System ON OFF 3 7 Maximize Ice Production Feature 3 8 Door Alarm Feature ON OFF 3 8 Air Purification Feature ON OFF 3 9 Accent Lighting System ON OFF 3 9 Unique Electronic Control Input Operations 3 10 Temperature Units Selection Mode 3 10 Contrast Adjust Mode Adjusting LCD Contrast 3 11 Tone Adjust Mode Adjusting Audible Chime Tone 3 12 s
45. FROM BACK WALL L Model BI 36R 35 2 902 38 965 3 we 23 16 i pai Model BI 36RG 35 1 2 902 38 965 X 1 t lt 24 610 gt lt N DZ LOCATE 79 OPENING PR ELECTRICAL z 1 5 we DIN i Model BI 36F 35 2 902 38 965 56 SHADED AREA 152 263 16 85 FLUSH INSET 16 665 DETAIL i i FLUSH INSET Dimensions are for finished rough openings DEPTH Models BI 36R and BI 36RG will not require the water line connection 83 3 4 84 75 1 2 2127 2134 1918 OPENING FLUSH HEIGHT INSET HEIGHT gt lt A gt lt 11 4 OPENINGWIDTH 11 4 32 32 lt B gt FLUSH INSET WIDTH LOCATEWATER SUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 e 457 152 T SIDEVIEW FFONTVIEW Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specifled 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 4 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Finished Rough Opening Specifications 36 42 and 48 Side by Side Models 18 457 02 ANTI TIP BRACKET MUSTNOT VIEW boa INTERFERE WITH WATER LINE 13 REFER TO INSTALLATION WATER LINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETE 24 610 is OPENING OUTLINE OF EXTEND WATER LINE APPROX DEPTH FRAMED OVERLAY 36 914 FROM BACK WALL OR STAINLESS SHUT OFF STEELMODEL VALVE L
46. Match the description of the problem the unit is experiencing with those in the table of contents 2 To the left of the problem description is a letter 3 Locate that letter in the left column of the Troubleshooting Guide 4 The information in the center column of the Troubleshooting Guide identifies possible causes for the problem 5 The information in the right column explains the tests to perform and or what action to take to correct the prob lem Ltr Problem Description Page A Warm or Erratic Temperatures without Service Icon Illuminated or Flashing on LCD 8 12 B Service A Icon Illuminated Steady or Flashing or Flashing with Alarm Chiming a 8 12 C Ice Cube CD Icon Flashing without Service ICON uu u UI Uu LU ua 8 12 D EE Displayed in Place of Freezer Temperature with SERVICE Flashing see 8 12 E EE Displayed in Place of Refrigerator Temperature with SERVICE Flashing seem 8 12 F 1 Extremely Cold Temp Displayed 1 to 7 in Refrigerator and 21 to 15 in Freezer 8 12 2 If outside U S Extremely Warm Temp Displayed 34 to 45 in Refrig and 5 to 5 in Freezer 8 12 G Water Filter Mr Icon I minated ierra eret ie nieder eee ihe rcr E Rl do coh d eec eb ERE ax ds 8 12 H Air Purifier 35
47. Refrigerator Compressor Condenser Heat Exchanger High Side Filter Drier Evaporator Gasket Seat Heater Loop Drain Pan Heater Loop LE Dual Condenser NOTE Connections are at rear of condenser Freezer Compressor Refrigerator Compressor Freezer Drier p Refrigerator Freezer Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger Freezer Heater Loop Refrigerator Accumulator Evaporator Freezer Evaporator Drain Pan Heater Refrigerator Heater Loop Figure 4 10 Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 42SD BI 48S and BI 48SD Refrigerant Flow 4 7 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Sealed System Information Built In BI Series Veee s4 7005333 Revision B March 2009 4 8 SECTION 5 AIR FLOW 5 1 7005333 Revision B March 2009 For proper airflow evaporator fan blades must be pushed onto the fan motor shafts fully so that the motor shafts touch the fan blade stop point For proper airflow the evaporator fan blade must be pushed onto the motor shaft fully so that the motor shaft touches the fan blade stop point TT EEN 2 Figure 5 2 Air Flow Model BI 36F 7005333 Revision B March 2009 5 2 For proper airflow the evaporator fan blade must be pushed onto the motor shaft fully so that the motor shaft touches t
48. These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the door then 1 Atthe top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push the cover back disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 181 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle side trim mounting screws and pull the trim from the door See Figure 7 182 Stainless Steel Door Handle Assembly A screw inserted through the stainless steel handle standoffs into the handle secures the handle to the standoffs The standoffs are then slides over threaded studs that are attached to the door shell A socket head set screw inserted through the side of the standoff secures the standoff to the stud To remove a stainless steel handle assembly See Figure 7 183 1 Use a 3 32 Allen wrench to loosen the set screw in each handle standoff 2 Pull handle assembly off of the threaded studs As p MSN COVER TRA Figure 7 181 Screw Cover Removal 7 vA SDE TRA V MSN ANN Figure 7 182 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Handle Standoff Handle Mount Screw Threaded Stud Set Screw Handle Figure 7 183 Cut away View SS Handle Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Bui
49. degrees and lift it off of the bottom cabinet hinge assembly See Figure 7 91 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly The bottom cabinet hinge assembly is attached to the bottom of the unit with bolts To remove the bottom cabinet hinge assembly first remove the top hinge assembly and the door Then using a 1 2 wrench or socket extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts and pull the hinge assembly from the unit See Figure 7 92 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Figure 7 91 Door Assembly Removal Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Bolts 7 37 Figure 7 92 Cabinet Hinge Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Model BI 36F Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 93 Adjustable Door Shelves Removal and adjustment of the door shelves is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 94 Cantilever Shelf Assembly To
50. function properly Figure 7 70 Capillary Tube Insertion Note 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 28 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Compressor Compressors are secured to the unit tray with three shoulder screws that pass down through rubber grom mets in the compressor base and into holes in unit tray A metal tab formed into the unit tray passes up through the fourth rubber grommet and the compressor base NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 30U Bi 36U Sealed System Components before continuing The compressor at the front is the freezer compres sor at the rear is the refrigerator compressor After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 71 1 Disconnect wire leads from compressor electricals 2 Using a tube cutter cut suction and discharge tubes approximately 1 from compressor stubs NOTE Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system 3 Extract compressor mounting shoulder screws then lift compressor off of unit tray NOTE After replacing the compressor take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Condenser Holes in the front and rear bottom flanges of the con denser fit over threaded studs in the unit tray then a nut is applied to each threaded stud to hold the con denser in place NOTES See information
51. replace control board Auger Relay is stuck open No power to auger Verify replace control board Auger Relay is stuck closed Power to auger at all times Verify replace control board Water Valve Selecting Relay stuck at Dispenser water position Ice making system dis abled Replace control board Water Valve Selecting Relay stuck at Icemaker water position Replace control board Main Lights Relay stuck open Power to lights at all times Verify replace control board Main Lights Relay is stuck closed No voltage to lights Verify replace control board Accent lights triac open Verify no power to accent lights Verify replace control board Accent lights triac shorted Verify constant power to accent lights regardless of activa tion Verify replace control board Water Valve Relay is stuck open No power to water valve Verify replace control board 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 6 Esve zeecd Built In BI Series CODE 15 01 20 00 20 01 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 50 30 00 30 05 30 10 30 30 30 10 30 80 30 86 30 00 30 10 35 00 35 35 35 36 35 37 SERVICE ICON STATE FLASH W CHIME 2 Flash w Chime Troubleshooting Guides Fault Code Troubleshooting Table TEST ACTION Water Valve Relay is stuck closed Power to water valve at all times Verify replace control board Defrost Bi metal stuck open Verify the bi metal is open circu
52. then See Figure 7 42 1 Pull thermistor from clamp 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Lower Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is positioned over the evapo rator and held in place with screws passing through it into standoff screw grommets that are fastened to the compartment back wall To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover and the crisper spacer then See Figure 7 43 1 Disconnect crisper fan electrical leads from left side of lower duct assembly 2 Extract lower duct mounting screws 3 Lean top of duct forward and remove all panel mount electrical connections from duct then remove duct from the unit Air Purifier Pocket Assembly Figure 7 41 Air Purifier Pocket Removal Thermistor Se SS Figure 7 42 Compartment Thermistor Removal Lower Duct Assembly Figure 7 43 Lower Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsees ss4 Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor The refrigerator evaporator thermistor is inserted six to ten inches
53. tilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer baskets icemaker assembly upper light diffuser upper duct assembly middle duct assembly an lower duct assem bly then See Figure 7 111 1 Extract the left wire cover mounting screws and pull wire cover from compartment 2 Disconnect terminator electrical leads Electrical NT di 3 Pull terminator off of evaporator outlet tube Connection NOTE When replacing the terminator be sure to t attach the new terminator in the same location that the Figure 7 111 Defrost Terminator Removal defective terminator was removed from Freezer Evaporator Thermistor The freezer evaporator thermistor is secured with a cable tie to an evaporator return bend on the right side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all LIH cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer bas i kets icemaker assembly upper light diffuser upper duct assembly middle duct assembly lower duct Evaporator assembly then See Figure 7 112 D Thermistor D 1 Extract the right wire cover mounting screws and pull wire cover from compartment 2 Cut cable tie securing thermistor to evaporator 3 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to t
54. 2 compressor will not be ener gized until after the five 5 B owce minute time delay dwell that a Pm follows all freezer defrosts BOARD e If a freezer compartment 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER wu thermistor is faulty the freez i er compressor defaults to 20 minutes ON 20 minutes OFF cycling EE appears at left in LCD the service icon flashes and the appropriate fault code is logged f a freezer evaporator ther mistor is faulty the freezer compressor will be energized immediately after the five 5 Y Y pa minute dwell and the evapo LOW VOLTAGE sent to evapo rator fan motor will be ener waanep rator fan gized three 3 minutes later the service icon flashes and the appropriate fault code is logged ORANGE BLACK WHITE WHITE RED PURPLE GRAY Lui YELLOW WHITE BLUE KON 279 3090 DEF HEATER DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY GRAY 2 Compressor energized i puree FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 BLACKIYELLOW
55. 4 6 Section 5 Air Flow 5 1 Models BI 30U BI 30UG BI 36U BI 36UG 5 2 Model BI 36F uu aiai 5 2 Models BI 36R BI 36RG esses 5 3 Models 365 BI 342S 485 5 3 Models BI 342SD BI 48SD 5 4 7005333 Revision March 2009 General Information Page Section 6 Icemaker Information 6 1 Icemaker System Information sss 6 2 Icemaker 5 6 2 Joemaker Op erall li uuu usus 6 3 Manually Stopping 6 8 Manually Starting 6 9 Icemaker Fault Testing certes 6 10 Quick Reference dee 6 10 TOUDIOSHOOUNG 52 6 10 Section 7 Component Access and Removal 7 1 Section 7 Table of Contents 7 2 Access and Removal WARNINGS and CAUTIONS 7 2 Section 8 Troubleshooting Guides 8 1 Troubleshooting Guides eee 8 2 Using the Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide 8 2 Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation 8 3 Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide 8 5 Using the General Troubleshooting Guide 8 11 Gene
56. 7 119 Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Compressor Area Mechanical Components 7 127 Models 4250 BI 48SD Sealed System Components eene nennen nes 7 129 IMPORTANT NOTE Before continuing please take note of the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS below A WARNING IF PULLING A UNIT FROM ITS INSTALLATION BEYOND THE ANTI TIP COMPONENTS REMEMBER THAT IT COULD TIP FORWARD RESULTING IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH PULLING A UNIT FROM ITS INSTALLATION SHOULD ONLY BE PERFORMED BY AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE TECHNICIAN OR INSTALLER TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK POWER TO THE UNIT MUST BE DISCONNECTED WHENEVER ACCESSING AND OR REMOVING COMPONENTS POWERED BY ELECTRICITY OR COMPONENTS NEAR OTHER ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS IF THE UNIT IS PLUGGED IN BUT HAS NOT BEEN SWITCHED ON BY PRESSING THE POWER KEY LINE VOLTAGE IS STILL PRESENT AT THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD IF REMOVING A DOOR OR DRAWER FROM A UNIT REMEMBER THAT DOORS AND DRAWERS ARE HEAVY IF THEY WERE TO FALL THEY COULD CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY A CAUTION If working in the compressor area remember that compressor and tubing may be hot f working on or around the evaporator or condenser remember that evaporator and condenser fins are sharp 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 2 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 30U BI 36U Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Componen
57. 7 5 1 Use a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit to extract the mani Inlet Tube fold mounting screws 2 Pull the manifold forward and disconnect the water tubes by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the manifold while pulling the tubes away from the manifold Figure 7 5 Water Filter Manifold Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Door Switch The door switch is located at the top rear of the top cabinet frame with the switch s actuator protruding through a hole in the front of the frame A series of tabs and pegs hold the door switch in place To remove a door switch first open the grill then See Figure 7 6 1 Disconnect the switch electrical leads using a nee dle nose pliers to pull the electrical lead housings away from the switch 2 Use small flat blade screwdriver to pry the front retaining tab at each side of the switch back while lifting that side of the switch up Repeat this step on each side of the switch 3 Pull switch back and lift off of the top cabinet frame Top Cabinet Trim The top cabinet trim sits below the grille assembly Screws pass through open ended slots in the trim to secure it to the top cabinet frame To remove the top cabinet trim first open the grill then See Figure 7 7 1 Use a T 15 6 lobe Torx type bit to loosen but not remove the trim mounting screws 2 Pull the trim forward off
58. 76 Freezer Heat Exchanger Removal Back of Unit Not Shown 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Model BI 36F Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Kickplate To remove a kickplate extract the screws from the left and right corners of the kickplate then pull the kickplate forward See Figure 7 77 Dual Installation Kickplate A dual installation kickplate assembly is held in place with magnets at each end and one screw at top center To remove the dual installation kickplate the screw at top center must be extracted before pulling the dual installation kickplate forward See Figure 7 774 Drain Pan The drain pan slides in from the front of unit on two side brackets A locating feature was built into the drain pan in the form of detentes at the bottom front that drop into notches at the front of the side brackets To remove the drain pan See Figure 7 78 1 Remove kickplate 2 Push front of drain pan up slightly then pull for ward 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Screw Figure 7 77 Kickplate Removal Figure 7 78 Drain Pan Removal 7 32 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Water Valve Assembly AC Connection The water valve is located to the right of the drain pan J and is attached to the valve bracket with screws NOTE
59. A appear continue to toggle past these codes as it is not possible to to enter Temperature Log Recall Mode for these thermistors With the desired thermistor location code displayed press and hold the POWER key first then a WARMER key then release both keys See Figure 3 71 in the LCD will be a temperature reading at left and the Index number at right Continued on next page FA TPA 4 f LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 69 Initiate Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold the POWER Key then Either COLDER Key F LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 5 a r COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER GPO Figure 3 70 Toggle Thru Readings Press WARMER or COLDER Key Until Desired Code is Displayed DM yy 9 and 3rd Index Digits LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J n J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER M 1st Index Digit Figure 3 71 With Desired Thermistor Code Displayed Press amp Hold POWER Key First then WARMER Key 3 39 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fevs zerot Along with the temperature and index number a thermistor location code will flash at three 3 second intervals in the first index digit area r Refrigerator r
60. AM OnANGE BLACK we _ FZ DOOR SWITCH up SZ WHITE H YELLOW s ORANGE 7 WHITE 9 i REERISERATOR 60 7 ORANGE BLACK TERMINATOR B ORANGE WHITE fg CONTROL BOARD 2300 29000 FILL TUBE We GRAY WHITE LE IH 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER WHITE REFRIGERATOR STARTING RELAY FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE 3 20 Condenser Fan Operation Esve zeecd Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Monitor Regulate and Display Refrigerator Compartment Temperatures The temperature signal from the refrigerator compartment thermistor is monitored by the microprocessor When high offset temperature is detected calling for cooling a high speed run command is sent to the refrigerator evapo rator fan switching it ON and when the evaporator temperature climbs to 38 F 3 C the compressor and drawer fans are also energized beginning the cooling cycle When the compartment reaches low offset temperature the compressor and fans are switched OFF Though compartment air temperature fluctuates from OFF and ON cycles it is the refrigerator compartment s average temperature that is displayed at the right side of the LCD See Figure 3 39 NOTES Refrigerator zone tempera ture range is 34 F 1 C to 45 F 7 C If average compartment tem perature changes the display will change by one degree per minute If the refrig
61. Assembly Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Figure 7 221 Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Condenser Fan Motor The condenser fan is mounted to the condenser fan shroud with three fan mounting brackets that hook into grommets that are in the condenser fan shroud At the back of the motor screws pass through these brackets into the back of the fan motor The condenser fan blade is held onto the fan motor shaft with a nut To remove the condenser fan motor first pull the con denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 322 1 Extract screws securing motor to brackets NOTE The brackets will unhook from the grom mets in the shroud after the screws are removed 2 To remove fan blade from fan motor Figure 7 322 Condenser Fan Motor Removal a Grab blade and motor while turning nut coun terclockwise b Then pull the blade from the motor shaft Water Filter Reset Switch The water filter reset switch is secured to the inside of the condenser shroud front flange by retaining clips To remove the water filter reset switch first pull the con SER Q denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 323 1 Disconnect electrical leads from switch 2 Using a needle nose pliers compress the retaining clips on switch body and push switch through con denser shrou
62. BLACK 2 ORANGE 1 zi 7005333 Revision B March 2009 HIGH VOLTAGE 10 10 Esue zeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7003218 REV F WIRING DIAGRAM LOW VOLTAGE Aa WARNING MODE LS BI 36R This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock Fl f BLUE YELLOW BLUE ORANGE WHITEIBLACK RED BLACK WHITE BLACK FOAM IN PLACE z 3 a 5 2 5 ala Do TOUCH PAD REF EVAP FAN MOTOR areon SEL YEL AIR FILTER FAN SBLUE BLUE 2WHITE BROW REDIBLACK 35 CRISPER FAN WHITEJBROWN REDWHITE WHTERED 22 CRISPER FAN REDAWHITE 1 31 WHITE RED or SENSOR REF EVAP SENSOR REF CAB LOW VOLTAGE 10 11 700
63. Bulb The lower light assembly is located behind the crisper light cover To remove the lower light bulb first remove the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it from the light socket See Figure 7 199 Crisper Fan Assembly A crisper fan assembly consist of a small fan motor and blade unit that is inserted into a notch in a small fan duct This assembly is attached to the lower refrigera tor duct by tabs at the side of the fan duct engaging the edges of the holes in the lower duct NOTE The model BI 36S has only one crisper fan assembly To remove a crisper fan assembly the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover must be removed first then See Figure 7 200 1 Disconnect fan motor electrical leads 2 Pull the fan wires out from under the wire clamps 3 Squeeze the fan duct on both sides at the middle to disengage the tabs then pull the assembly from the lower duct assembly 7 81 Light Co ver Figure 7 198 Crisper Light Cover Removal Light Bulb Figure 7 199 Lower Light Bulb Removal Fan Assemblies Figure 7 200 Crisper Fan Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009
64. C amp NC for continuity If no continuity for either ter minal check replace icemaker c Check mold heater for 75 850 If outside range heater is bad replace icemaker If heater checks OK thermostat is bad replace icemaker If icemaker motor does NOT start a Lower shutoff arm b Check motor operation with test cord If motor doesn t run replace icemaker c Check power to and from icemaker rocker switch if present Reconnect or repair connection or replace Switch as necessary d Check for power from control board to icemaker If power is present check amp repair connection If no power replace control board QUICK REFERENCE Water Fill Time May vary by water pressure Fill Tube Heater Ohm 2850 38900 Mold Heater Ohm 75 850 Water Valve Ohm 160 1650 Thermostat Open Close Open 48 F 6 Close 15 F 3 Water Pressure Needed 20 120 psi constant NOTE This is a non filtered water specification as water filters are generally rated at 30 100 psi 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In Series ICEMAKER TROUBLESHOOTING No Slow Ice Production 1 Ice maker system switched OFF Switch system ON 2 Shut off arm in up OFF position Move to ON position 3 Freezer too warm Check temp s amp see troubleshooting guide in service manual Poor airflow over icemaker Remove obstructions Ice cube jam Remove ice amp check water fill setting a Water fill setting too low 6 sec s A
65. Crisper Fan Assembly Removal 7 13 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Crisper Spacer Assembly Crisper Spacer The crisper spacer assembly which also holds the Assembly Consumer Use and Care Cards is attached to the hinge side wall with screws To remove the crisper spacer assembly first remove the crisper glass shelf the drawer assemblies the glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides and the crisper light cover Then extract the crisper spacer mounting screws and pull the spacer assembly from the wall See Figure 7 32 Air Purifier Cartridge The air purification system is located behind a door on Figure 7 32 Crisper Spacer Assembly Removal the upper refrigerator duct assembly To remove the air purifier cartridge See Figure 7 33 1 Pull bottom edge of door forward and up until it locks in the up position 2 Grab top of inside flap and pull it forward and down this will cause the cartridge to pop out of the sock et 3 Lift cartridge up from socket Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the refrigerated compartment is held in place by invert ed T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the light diffuser See Figure 7 34
66. DEPTH THICKNESS APPLICATION WITH SHUT OFF EXTEND WATER LINE APPROX 3 4 19 PANEL VALVE 36 914 FROM BACK WALL 7 b 1 4 6 X 7 4 6 zng 255 56 fos X f el ELECTRICAL DEPTH 23 16 WITHIN gn 56 SHADED AREA T 152 FLUSH INSET 26 3 16 665 DETAIL FLUSH INSET DEPTH he 24 610 OPENING 833 4 84 DEPTH 751 2 2127 2134 1918 OPENING FLUSH 114 HEIGHT INSET 32 HEIGHT e A gt lt lla OPENING WIDTH 114 32 32 pi B gt FLUSH INSET WIDTH LOCATE WATER SUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 6 _ 457 152 y Y 3 76 Y SIDE VIEW FRONTVIEW Installation Information INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Over and Under Models D Framed Overlay non flush inset and Stainless Steel Model 300 1 2 749 Model BI 30UG 29 1 2 749 Model 360 35 1 2 902 Model BI 36UG 35 1 2 902 Dimensions are for finished rough openings INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Over and Under Models D Flush Inset Application Model 300 i 1 2 749 Ea 813 Model BI 30UG 29 1 2 749 32 813 Model BI 36U 35 1 2 902 38 965 Model BI 36UG 35 1 2 902 38 965 Dimensions are for finished rough openings Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Built In BI Series Finished Rough Ope
67. Icon Flashing uu uuu eire tkt eitava iaai aaaea kian Fe bx asqa de ERU ra Dep 8 12 l SA and b Displayed ori LCD niei etsi eee e c cn eee eh ter eh PU ee 8 12 J Double Dashes in Place of Temperature Readings enne nee enne nennen 8 13 LCD is Blank with Warm or Erratic or Normal Temperatures sssssseseee eene ene enemies 8 13 L Ice and or Water Dispenser Inoperative But no Fault Code Models BI 42SD and BIA8SD ONLY 8 13 NOTE After repairs clear Fault Codes by pressing the ALARM key for fifteen 15 seconds Failure to clear Fault Codes will result in the highest priority fault indicator reappearing on the LCD when the unit is switched back ON 8 11 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides Built In BI Series Fevs zerct PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE TEST ACTION A Warm or Erratic Temperatures without Service Icon Illuminated or Flashing on LCD B Service Icon Illuminated Steady or Flashing or Flashing with Alarm Chiming C Ice Cube Icon Flashing with out Service Icon D EE Displayed in Place of Freezer Temperature E EE Displayed in place of Refrigerator Temperature F 1 Extremely Cold Temperatures Displayed f to 7 in Refrigerator 21 to 15 in Freezer 2 If outside US Extremely Warm Temperatures Displayed 34 to 45 in Refrigerator 5
68. Ignore Check air filter fan is connected properly and functioning Check air filter fan is connected and no shorts are evident 8 7 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides CODE 35 d 35 35 d 36 35 d 37 35 F 33 35 F 34 35 r 33 35 r 34 40 1 40 40 2 40 40 8 40 40 9 40 44 0 00 44 0 01 44 9 42 44 9 43 45 1 OO 45 2 00 45 1 01 45 2 01 45 A 45 45 L 00 45 L 01 SERVICE ICON STATE z z FLASHAIR m m 2 Built In BI Series Fsee ze od Fault Code Troubleshooting Table TEST ACTION This code is currently inactive Please Ignore Drawer Fan current is too low Verify wiring amp check for open circuits or damaged fans Drawer Fan current is too high Verify wiring and check for stalled fan or shorts Verify Freezer evaporator fan not shorted the fan is running faster than its setting Check Freezer evap fan for obstructions that cause inability to achieve full speed Verify Refrig evaporator fan not shorted the fan is running faster than its setting Check Refrigerator evap fan for obstructions that cause inability to achieve full speed Excessive Refrigerator run time Verify performance of unit and check for door leaks door ajar proper charge in system and icing of evap Excessive Freezer run time Verify performance of unit and check for door leaks door ajar proper charge in system and icing of evap Icemaker ran for maximum fill time wi
69. March 2009 9 4 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Technical Data Model BI 36R REFRIGERATOR CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 6 0 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi COMPRESSOR Original Compressor Service Compressor Amps 0 9 0 9 Original Compressor Service Compressor BTU s 330 330 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Cycle Defrost Evap gt 38 F before Compressor ON THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 9 5 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Technical Data Built In Series Fevs zero Model BI 36RG REFRIGERATOR CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 6 0 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 9 0 9 Original Service BTU s 330 330 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Cycle Defrost Evap gt 38 F before Compressor ON THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 DOOR HEATER 12 VDC 5 0 4 25 32 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 6 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Technical Data Model BI 36S CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 p
70. Mechanical Components 7 57 Model BI 36R Compressor Area Mechanical Components 7 66 Model BI 36R Sealed System Components a 7 68 e Models 365 BI 42S BI 48S Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 72 e Models BI 36S 425 BI 48S Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 78 Models 365 425 485 Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 87 Models 365 BI 42S BI 48S Compressor Area Mechanical 7 95 Models 365 BI 42S BI 48S Sealed System Components 7 97 Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 101 Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 109 Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical
71. N C N ORANGE BLACK WA E N ORANGE SZ ware Coy error ens 1 REF WHITE Fy REF LIGHT TERMINATOR WZ ORANGE BLACK i d k s ORANGE i PERDE I MAIN CONTROL FERREE BOARD E H WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER Ui i PER GRAY WHITE i B 112 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER ew N wame i DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR COMPRESSOR 1 1 STARTING RELAY GRAY WHITE FREEZER COMPRESSOR i STARTING RELAY I PURPLE i WHITE j i LOW VOLTAGE acon WHITE RED REDBLACK z 3 n AIR FILTER FAN g 8 z3 z MAIN CONTROL WHITEBROWN NS 86 ue uf i BOARD i d 1 RED BLACK Y ELLOW BLUEAVHITE vELLOWiBROWN M WHITE RED YELLOW i i BULK ICE SWITCH Em WHITE I H 1 i WHITE BLACK t 1 BLACK WHITE FLOW THERMISTER E BROWN METER FREEZER EVAP 1 i THERMISTER BLUE FREEZER CABINET THERMISTER REF I S BROWN BLUE ew Ej BROWN THERMISTER BLUE C Oy REF CABINE
72. Power is supplied to the lighting system through the control board when the unit is switched ON by pressing the POWER key When a door is open the corresponding normally closed light switch allows power to the lights in the compartment See Figure 3 37 NOTES Power to the light is monitored by the microprocessor to control the door ajar alarm feature Power to the refrigerator lights is also monitored to help control the refrigerator evaporator fan crisper drawer fan and air purifier fan operation When the refrigerator door is open power to all fans in the refrigerator is interrupt ed Power to the freezer lights is also monitored to help control the freezer evaporator fan and icemaker operation If the freezer door or drawer is open power to the freezer evaporator fan and the icemaker is interrupted If in Sabbath Mode the lighting system is disabled HIGH VOLTAGE BLACK WHITE L1 T 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES NEUTRAL WATER FILTER SW TANMWHITE WATER VALVE TAN WHITE 1600 PINK IM wen M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR RED WHITE TANMHITE REDMHITE WHITE RED PINK WHITE BLUE TAN FREEZER LIGHTS ORANGE BLACK ORANGE pussaa MAIN EH CONTROL WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER WHITE BLUE WHITE GRAYAVHITE DEF HEATER
73. REF CABINET sow NX 7 H EXERNAL E poit i KEYPAD 10 5 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series SUB ZERO P N 7000631 REV E WIRING DIAGRAM HIGH VOLTAGE MODELS BI 36F 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock WHITEJBLUE CONDENSER FAN WHITE RED BLUE WHITE RED MOTOR PURPLE GREEN YELLOW WHEEL BLACK a BLACK ES WHIT
74. UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P513 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE E P5 14 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 15 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 16 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 10 20 Esue zeeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics WIRING SCHEMATIC Aa WARNING MODE LS B 1 425 1 485 This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock L1 T 115 VOLTS BLACK NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES e wee MULLION CHUTE HEATER 8800 AY ware I AUGER MOTOR DISPENSER RE 0000000 water vave TANAWHITE 1600 n 0000000 waren varve pore 160 Q PINK WHITE IM M CON DENSER FAN MOTOR REDWHITE WHITE CO 5 WHITE FE BEA w BB F2 UNT TERMINATOR zs 22122818 FREEZER LIGHTS I Fla s a s ajo
75. Water Filter Icon Appears Water Filter need to be Replaced After Replacing Filter Press Filter Reset Button behind the Unit Grille for 5 Seconds to Reset Counters LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER t A J B COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 54 EE at Left with Service Icon Flashing Freezer Compartment Thermistor or its Wiring Fault AS r LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 0 71 nw F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 55 Service Icon Flashing and EE at Right Refrig Compartment Thermistor or its wiring Fault 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 32 Esue zenod Built In BI Series Electronic Control System LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER EXT IBS zm Zn S 38 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM Figure 3 56 Service Icon and Ice Cube Icon Flashing Solenoid Energized 35 Seconds and Ice Maker System was Disabled for 24 Hours 5 Consecutive Times now Ice Maker System Disabled until Repaired LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM Figure 3 57 Service Icon Steady Not Flashing with Normal Temperatures Displayed Minor Fault Code Logged Not Threatening Temperature Problems and or Fault Codes not Cleared after Viewing LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER
76. a unique evap related problem 8 5 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides Built In BI Series Fevs zercy CODE 15 1 00 15 00 15 01 15 01 15 00 15 01 15 00 15 01 15 10 15 11 15 00 15 01 15 65 15 66 15 00 15 01 15 55 15 56 15 00 Fault Code Troubleshooting Table SERVICE ICON STATE TEST ACTION FLASH Refrigerator Compressor Relay stuck open No power to Compressor Verify replace W CHIME control board FLASH Freezer Compressor Relay stuck open No power to Compressor Verify replace con W CHIME trol board FLASH Refrigerator Compressor Relay is stuck closed Power to compressor at all times W CHIME Verify replace control board FLASH Freezer Compressor Relay is stuck closed Power to compressor at all times Verify W CHIME replace control board N Defrost Relay is stuck open No power to defrost heater Verify replace control board FLASH Defrost Relay stuck closed Power to defrost heater at all times Verify replace control board Icemaker Relay is stuck open No power to icemaker Verify replace control board Ice Maker Relay stuck closed Power to icemaker at all times Verify replace control board Ice Accessories Relay is stuck open No power to ice accessories fill tube heater mullion heater Verify replace control board Ice Accessories Relay is stuck closed Power to ice accessories fill tube heater mul lion heater at all times Verify
77. an explanation of their fundamental role as part of a sealed system NOTE These illustrations do not represent any specific Built In Series sealed system Compressor Figure 4 1 The compressor creates a high side and low side pres sure difference in the sealed system by compressing the refrigerant gas thus raising the pressure and tempera ture The compressor pushes this high pressure high heat gas through the door gasket seat heater loop to pre vent sweating on freezer systems the gas also travels through drain pan heater tubing to help evaporate water in the drain pan The high pressure high heat gas then travels to the condenser Condenser Figure 4 2 The high pressure high heat gas travels through the con denser where the heat is dissipated by cooler air being drawn over the condenser tubing by the condenser fan This changes the gas into a high pressure warm liquid that then enters the high side filter drier High Side Filter Drier Figure 4 3 The high pressure warm liquid travels through the high side filter drier which removes moisture from the refriger ant before it enters the capillary tube Built In Series Fs ze o1 Compressor 1 Door Gasket Seat Heater ho Drain Pan Loop Heater Tubing Figure 4 1 Compressor Condenser ET 2 0111111 High Side Filter Drier 3 44444
78. are OK replace flow meter assembly Water Flow meter detected low flow Verify water pressure and check for any water system obstructions Water Flow meter did not detect flow Verify water pressure water flow and that meter is not blocked or dirty No Refrigerator compressor load detected Check compressor electricals and wiring No Freezer compressor load detected Check compressor electricals and wiring Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Flash Failure Reconfigure control board Replace control board if reconfigure fails Replace control board if reconfigure fails Replace control board if reconfigure fails Replace control board if reconfigure fails Replace control board if reconfigure fails Replace control board if reconfigure fails Microcontroller fault Replace control board if fault is active Microcontroller fault Replace control board if fault is active Microcontroller fault Replace control board if fault is active Microcontroller fault Replace control board if fault is active Condenser fan triac is faulted Verify condenser fan operation Replace control board if fault is active Condenser fan triac Open Verify condenser fan operation Replace control board if fault is active Condenser fan triac shorted Verify co
79. assembly at this time then 1 With the door open use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the top door hinge mounting screw near est to the hinge pivot point See Figure 7 14 2 Use a 1 8 Allen wrench or bit to replace the screw just removed with the 1 4 20X1 2 setscrew includ ed in the tool package inserting the setscrew down until its top is flush with the top surface of the door hinge See Figure 7 14 NOTE If the setscrew is not inserted far enough it will damage the hinge plate when closing the door if it is inserted too far it will not hold the door hinge in the correct position when closing the door 3 Extract the inner door hinge mounting screws leav ing the outermost screw in place See Figure 7 14 insert the hinge spacer included in the special tool package between the door closer guide and the back of the door closer track then close the door See Figure 7 14 NOTE This spacer will keep the door closer mech anism at the proper spacing to facilitate hinge assembly removal and reinstallation 5 With the door closed use a socket wrench with an extension and a socket to extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts See Figure 7 15 6 Extract the outermost door hinge mounting screw See Figure 7 15 7T Liftthe hinge assembly up off of the top of the unit allowing the door to shift toward the handle side and come to rest against the main frame See Figure 7 16 NOTE It may be necessary to
80. before entering the sealed system 8 15 37005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides Built In Series Feve zeroy 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 16 SECTION 9 TECHNICAL DATA 9 1 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Technical Data Built In Series Feve zercy Model BI 30U REFRIGERATOR FREEZER CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 5 5 oz 6 5 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 71 1 Original Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE 50 0 4 160 30000 33000 Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evaporator amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 2 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Technical Data Model BI 30UG REFRIGERATOR FREEZER CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 5 5 oz 6 5 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING P
81. blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Figure 7 207 Shelf Ladder Removal Fan Shroud Assembly i pap i Figure 7 208 Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly Fan Bracket Clip Screwdriver gt Figure 7 209 Fan Motor Removal 7 84 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Air Purifier Pocket Assembly The air purifier pocket assembly consisting of the air purifier cartridge holder a fan assembly and a trans former is located behind the top evaporator cover and is secured to the compartment back wall with screws To remove the air purifier pocket assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 210 1 Disconnect fan motor wire leads and transformer wire leads from wire harness 2 Extract air purifier pocket assembly mounting screws and remove assembly from unit Refrigerator Compartment Thermistor The refrigerator compartment thermistor is inserted into a thermistor clamp behind the upper duct assembly To remove the compartment thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light d
82. but the ther mostat is still closed so the motor is again started The mold heater remains energized through the thermostat APPROXIMATE POSITION OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION Figure 6 8 Start of Second Revolution 7005333 Revision B March 2009 6 6 Esue zeod Built In BI Series Second Revolution Continued See Figure 6 9 The mold heater has warmed the thermostat so the thermostat opens and the mold heater is de ener gized f the shut off arm comes to rest on top of the ice in the storage bin as illustrated so the shut off switch will remain in the normally closed position The motor remains energized through the holding switch Second Revolution Continued See Figure 6 10 The water valve solenoid switch is tripped by the timing cam This time the solenoid is energized because the thermostat is open The water sole noid is open for approximately seven seconds fill ing the ice mold with water the mold heater is energized through the solenoid switch and holding switch Icemaker Information 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES THERMOSTAT SHUT OFF SWITCH MOLD HEATER SOLENOID SWITCH NC NO WATER SOLENOID Int HOLDING SWITCH r I APPROXIMATE POSITION I OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION Figure 6 9 Second Revolution Continued 6 7 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOLD H
83. dispenser Air filter fan output fault on control board Replace control board if fault is active Drawer fan output fault on control board Replace control board if fault is active This code is currently inactive Please Ignore 2 Freezer evap fan output output fault on control board Verify if fan is working control board if fault is active o 2 Communications problems on main board Replace control board Intermittent communications on main board Replace control board Communications problems on main board Replace control board Initialization fault Power unit OFF then ON and verify if code remains active Replace control board if fault is active Check if accent lights are working Replace control board if fault is active Refrigerator evaporator fan output faulted Verify operation Replace control board if fault is active Verify Refrigerator evaporator is cooling properly when compressor is on Check sealed system charge if not Verify Freezer evaporator is cooling properly when compressor is on Check sealed system charge if not Brownout conditions were detected 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 10 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Troubleshooting Guides GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS The General Troubleshooting Guide Table of Contents indicates how the General Trouble Shooting Guide is arranged To use the General Troubleshooting Guide 1
84. enk I GREENYELLOW WHITE cpp ORANGE BLACK BLUE GRAYAVNITE L o E 6 QL 5 R 1BLACK GRAYMHITE white TBLACK WHITE DEFROST HEATER 1BLUE BLUE 26RAY GRAY HT DEFROST TERMINATOR E LWR FREEZER LT L P LL GREENYELLOW GREENYELLOW 3 ICEMAKER WHITE OPEN np OPEN 7005333 Revision B March 2009 10 14 Esue zeod Built In BI Series P N 7000630 REV D WIRING DIAGRAM LOW VOLTAGE MODELS BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Wiring Diagrams Schematics 44 WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock Ld MAIN CONTROL BOARD YELLOW BR OWN BLUE WHITE BLUE BLACK WHITE BROWN BLUE ORANGE BLUE VELLOW BROWN SENSOR FRE EVAP SENSOR FRE CAB FRE EVAP FAN MOTOR 1RED Wh TYETLOWE S BLUE WHITE 2 WHITE 1 ED YEU ow BLUE 4 WHITE 2 UPPER REF EVAP FAN MOTOR TOUCH PAD sensorn JACKET CABLE REF CAB
85. fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud Fan Shroud Assembly 0 i sole ae Figure 7 57 Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly Fan Bracket Clip Fan Motor Screwdriver gt Figure 7 58 Fan Motor Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Freezer Wire Cover Assembly The freezer wire cover assembly is secured to the left side of the back wall of the compartment with screws To remove the freezer wire cover first remove the drawer front assembly upper basket lower basket ice maker and the freezer duct assembly then See Figure 7 59 1 Extract freezer wire cover mounting screws 2 Slide fill tube heater off of fill tube 3 Rotate wire cover to the left exposing electrical con nections 4 Disconnect all electrical connections behind the i wire cover and remove it from the compartment Screw Figure 7 59 Freezer Wire Cover Removal Freezer Defrost Terminator The freezer defrost terminator is attached to the evapo rator outlet tube Terminator To remove the defrost terminator first remove the draw er front assembly upper freezer basket lower basket Electrical Connection icemaker freezer duct assem
86. fan motor first pull the con denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 237 1 Extract screws securing motor to brackets NOTE The brackets will unhook from the grom mets in the shroud after the screws are removed 2 To remove fan blade from fan motor Figure 7 237 Condenser Fan Motor Removal a Grab blade and motor while turning nut coun terclockwise b Then pull the blade from the motor shaft Water Filter Reset Switch The water filter reset switch is secured to the inside of the condenser shroud front flange by retaining clips To remove the water filter reset switch first pull the con SER Q denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 238 1 Disconnect electrical leads from switch 2 Using a needle nose pliers compress the retaining clips on switch body and push switch through con denser shroud flange lt S Figure 7 238 Filter Reset Switch Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 96 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Sealed system Components The sealed system components at the top of the appliance sit on a sliding unit tray There is a slot in the unit tray running from front to back with a bolt positioned in the middle of this slot and attached to the top of the appliance This allows the tray to be pulled straight forward to aid in sealed system repairs See
87. front flange of the condenser fan shroud assembly is then secured to the front condenser bracket with screws To remove the condenser shroud assembly first remove the top cabinet trim top cabinet frame and compressor shroud then See Figure 7 115 1 Extract condenser shroud mounting screws at front of condenser 2 Extract nut from threaded stud at base of condens er fan shroud 3 Pull assembly forward slightly disconnect condens er fan electrical leads 4 Disconnect filter reset switch electrical leads then pull the assembly from the compressor area 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Main Control Board Figure 7 114 Control Board Assembly Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly 7 46 Figure 7 115 Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Condenser Fan Motor Brackets The condenser fan is mounted to the condenser fan shroud with three fan mounting brackets that hook into grommets that are in the condenser fan shroud At the back of the motor screws pass through these brackets into the back of the fan motor The condenser fan blade is held onto the fan motor shaft with a nut To remove the condenser fan motor first pull the con denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 116 1 Extract screws securing motor to brackets NOTE The brackets will unhook from the grom mets in the shroud a
88. function properly Figure 7 120 Capillary Tube Insertion Note 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 48 Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Compressor Compressors are secured to the unit tray with three shoulder screws that pass down through rubber grom mets in the compressor base and into holes in unit tray A metal tab formed into the unit tray passes up through the fourth rubber grommet and the compressor base NOTE See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Model BI 36F Sealed System Components before continuing After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 121 1 Disconnect wire leads from compressor electricals 2 Using a tube cutter cut suction and discharge tubes approximately 1 from compressor stubs NOTE Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system 3 Extract compressor mounting shoulder screws then lift compressor off of unit tray NOTE After replacing the compressor take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Condenser Holes in the front and rear bottom flanges of the con denser fit over threaded studs in the unit tray then a nut is applied to each threaded stud to hold the con denser in place NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Model BI 36F Sealed System Components before continuing The condenser in
89. grilles amp prod uct frames are covered by a 60 day parts amp labor warranty for cosmetic defects Includes the following Compressors Condenser Evaporators Filter Driers Heat exchangers All Tubing that Carries the Freon NOTE Condenser Fan Motors Freon Solder and compressor electricals are NOT considered sealed system parts Warranty Notes All warranties begin at unit s initial installation date All Warranty and Service information collected by Sub Zero is arranged and stored under the unit serial number and the customer s last name Sub Zero requests that you have the model and serial numbers available whenever contacting the factory or parts distributor The serial tag on ALL REFRIGERATOR and ALL FREEZER models is located by the top door hinge in the refrigeration compartment The serial tag on SIDE BY SIDE models is located by the top door hinge in the freezer compartment The serial tag on OVER UNDER models is located by the top door hinge in the refrigerator compartment Manufacture Date MODEL REFRIGERATOR FREEZER SENJALNUMBER F3000000 TOTAL AMPS REFRIGERANT 28 DO gt Refrigerant Type Figure 1 1 Serial Tag Layout Layout Reference Only 7005333 Revision B March 2009 General Information Built In BI Series Fevs zercy MODEL DESCRIPTIONS The diagram below See Figure 1 2 explains the full model number code
90. help con EM 60 NEUTRAL trol icemaker oper ation If the freezer door is open E E E able proble power to the ice ur maker system is 1600 interrupted unless IM the icemaker is fill wreneo_ y CONDENSER FAN MOTOR ie ing with water at nennt ware that time After the I door is closed oe power is not El a N WHITE WHITE WHITE BLUE IAN RED WHITE WHITE RED WHITE allowed to the ice Li I mn ware maker system for i REF DOOR SWIT WHITE R an additional three 3 minutes unless L we the Maximum Ice MAIN Em Production feature ue has been initiated When in Sabbath Mode the ice E maker system is disabled 279 3090 DEF HEATER The maker sys DEFROST REFRIGERATOR tem is disabled TERMINATOR z COMPRESSOR whenever the water L STARTING RELAY filter or water filter plug is removed FREEZER COMPRESSOR WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER STARTING RELAY PURPLE Figure 3 48 Signal Trace Schematic Icemaker Electrical System BAS F LIGHTS ICE MAKER ICE COLDER WARMER al COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 2095 Figure 3 49 Service Icon Ice Cube Icon Flashing Service Needed Ice Maker System 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 30 Esoezee1 Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Monitor Compressor Run
91. indexes average temperatures will continue to be logged but no event indicator will appear with these temperatures If the unit was in Showroom Mode during any of the indexes average temperatures will continue to be logged but no event indicator will appear with these temperatures If the unit was switched OFF by pressing the POWER key during any of the indexes and there was still power sup plied to the unit the average temperatures will continue to be logged This means temperatures would be expect ed to rise and the SERVICE indicator would be present in all indexes in which the unit was switched OFF Temperature Log Recall Mode will end 20 seconds after the last key stroke 3 41 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series 53 Model Configuration Mode The main control board is used in several different models so it must be configured programmed for the specific model it is used in through a series of key strokes at the control panel This is called Model Configuration If a new control board is installed during a service call a default configuration is automatically entered represented by dE and FL in the LCD during the short power up diagnostics test after power is supplied to the unit See Figure 3 79 This indicates Model Configuration Mode must be initiated so the new new board can be configured for the model it was installed into Model Configuration Mode als
92. into the opening below the third elbow on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover crisper spacer and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 44 Evaporator C cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass c e C Thermistor 1 Pull thermistor from evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 c inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from companen Figure 7 44 Evaporator Thermistor 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 18 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 30U BI 36U Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Drawer Gasket A dart at the back of the drawer gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the drawer NOTE To remove a drawer gasket the drawer assem bly must be removed from the unit To remove a drawer gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 45 Upper Basket Assembly To remove upper basket assembly See Figure 7 46 1 Pull upper basket fully forward 2 Lift
93. ladder first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 156 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder from side wall Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly The evaporator fan shroud is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove the evaporator fan shroud assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 157 1 Disconnect evaporator fan electrical leads 2 Extract screws securing fan shroud to compartment ceiling and pull assembly from the compartment Evaporator Fan Motor The evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the bracing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and evaporator fan assembly then See Figure 7 158 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud Figure 7 156 Shelf Ladder Removal Fan Shroud Assembly DT pe Screws F
94. material to protect finished flooring Appropriate materials to cover and protect the home and its furnishings during installation Site Preparation The finished rough opening where the Built In unit is to be installed must be properly prepared Refer to the Finished Rough Opening Specifications for the specific model on the following pages The specifications for the framed over lay and stainless steel applications are identical The Finished Rough Opening Specifications are different for the flush inset application whether using custom panels or Sub Zero accessory stainless flush inset panels Make sure that the rough opening dimensions door swing clearance electrical service and plumbing are correct for the model being installed If installing two Built In units side by side in the framed overlay or stainless steel application a separating filler strip is recommended Add the filler strip width to the finished rough opening dimension and ALWAYS complete the installation with the Anchoring Kit components For installation of two Built In units side by side in the flush inset application a dual installation kit will be necessary IMPORTANT NOTE Built in units installed side by side in the flush inset application cannot use the standard Sub Zero accessory overlay panels and must have opposing hinges IMPORTANT NOTE To operate properly the door must open a minimum of ninety 90 degrees Use a minimum 3 76 filler in corner installa
95. of the Built in Series The tables starting on the following page list the basic model numbers which are all the digits up to the letter after the first forward slash and are accompanied by diagrams of the basic models NOTE Functional parts are common to each model configuration meaning for example models BI 36UG S PH RH BI 36UG S PH LH BI 36UG S TH RH BI 36UG S TH LH etc will utilize common functional parts For this rea son only the basic model numbers are used in this manual unless otherwise specified Additional Model Type Information NOTE If needed G Glass Refrigerator Door A High Altitude Glass Refrigerator Door D Ice amp Water Dispenser Door Swing NOTE Only present if model is door swing sensitive RH Hinge on Right Side Model Type Trim Style S Side by Side y LH Hinge on Left Side U Over Under IF Framed IO Overlay R Refrigerator F All Freezer IS Stainless Steel L BI 36UG S PH RH E Stainless Steel Handle Style NOTE Only present if trim style Nominal Cabinet Width is Stainless Steel Currently 30 36 42 and 48 ITH Tubular Handle Pro Style Handle Curved Handle Model Line and Domestic International Identifier BI Domestic Built in Model Line ICBBI CB Approved International Built in Model Line Figure 1 2 Model Number Code 7005333
96. other components processes the information then sends electrical signals to relays and trials on the board to open or close switching components in the appliance ON or OFF An electrical component on the control board which switches other components in the appliance ON or OFF when instructed to do so by the microprocessor Similar in function to a relay the triac is a three terminal semiconductor for controlling current in either direction Also referred to as the User Interface Module or User Interface is that part of the electronic control system where all manual input operations are performed The keys or buttons on the control panel assembly used for manual input operations The words on the function keys are LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE PURE AIR COLDER WARMER ALARM and POWER The ability of the keys on the control panel to detect the natural capacitance of the human body when in close proximity causing a change in electrons state or quantity which signals the electronic control to perform a function A semi liquid substance sandwiched between glass in the control panel assembly The molecules of this semi liquid substance have no specific orientation However when electricity is applied to them they react predictably aligning and straightening in such a way as to control light passage In doing so they can be manipulated and arranged to form the indicators that appear in the LCD The words number
97. reference another component removal procedure listed earlier in this section This section is arranged as follows Page e Models BI 3OU BI 36U Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components I enne enne 7 3 Models BI 3OU BI 36U Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components a 7 10 e Models BI 3OU BI 36U Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components seem 7 19 Models BI 30U BI 36U Compressor Area Mechanical Components eene ennt enne 7 26 e Models BI 3OU BI 36U Sealed System Components ssssssssssssseeeeee nennen enne nes 7 28 Model BI 36F Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 32 Model BI 36F Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 38 Model BI 36F Compressor Area Mechanical Components 7 46 Model BI 36F Sealed System Components no ash ea set aca dee E 7 48 Model BI 36R Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components 7 52 Model BI 36R Interior Cosmetic
98. remove the lower light cover first remove the crisper glass shelf and deli drawer assembly then lift the light cover up at each end disengaging it from the supports See Figure 7 29 Lower Light Bulb The lower light assembly is located behind the crisper light cover Figure 7 29 Crisper Light Cover Removal To remove the lower light bulb first remove the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it from the light socket See Figure 7 30 Crisper Fan Assembly Light Bulb A crisper fan assembly consist of a small fan motor and blade unit that is inserted into a notch in a small fan duct This assembly is attached to the lower refrigera tor duct by tabs at the side of the fan duct engaging the edges of the holes in the lower duct To remove a crisper fan assembly the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover must be removed first then See Figure 7 31 1 Disconnect fan motor electrical leads 2 Pull the fan wires out from under the wire clamps 3 Squeeze the fan duct on both sides at the middle to Figure 7 30 Lower Light Bulb Removal disengage the tabs then pull the assembly from the lower duct assembly Fan Assemblies Figure 7 31
99. the drawer slide while continuing to pull the assembly out of the com partment See Figure 7 274 NOTE If the door is limited to a 90 degree opening removing the non adjustable door shelves will assist in this task Figure 7 273 Crisper Shelf Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 274 Refrigerator Drawer Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 110 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Glass Crisper Cover Assembly The glass crisper cover assembly is located between the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer and is held in place by crisper cover supports attached to each side wall To remove the glass crisper cover assembly first remove the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer then See Figure 7 275 1 Grasp the assembly at the front edge toward each side 2 Liftthe front of the assembly upward and pull it for ward to release it from the support retaining clips Crisper Cover Support The crisper cover supports are secured with screws to the compartment side wall and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a crisper cover support the glass crisper cover must be removed first then extract the support mounting screws and pull the support from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 276 Refrigerator Drawer Slide The drawer slides are secured with screws to the com pa
100. the water tubes by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the manifold while pulling the tubes away from the manifold Manifold Door Switches Figure 7 251 Water Filter Manifold Removal The door switches are located at the top rear of the top cabinet frame with their actuators protruding through holes in the front of the frame A series of tabs and pegs hold the door switches in place To remove a door switch first open the grill then See Figure 7 252 1 Disconnect the switch electrical leads using a nee dle nose pliers to pull the electrical lead housings away from the switch 2 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to pry the front retaining tab at each side of the switch back while lifting that side of the switch up Repeat this step on each side of the switch 3 Pull switch back and lift off of the top cabinet frame Retaining Tab Figure 7 252 Door Switch Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 102 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Top Cabinet Trim The top cabinet trim sits below the grille assembly Screws pass through open ended slots in the trim to secure it to the top cabinet frame To remove the top cabinet trim first open the grill then See Figure 7 253 1 Use T 15 6 lobe Torx type bit to loosen but not remove the trim mounting screws 2 Pull the trim forward off of the unit Grille Assembly The grille assem
101. top hinge assembly must be removed first Then with one hand at each side of the door open the door forty five to ninety degrees and lift it off of the bottom cabinet hinge assembly See Figure 7 187 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly The bottom cabinet hinge assembly is attached to the bottom of the unit with bolts To remove the bottom cabinet hinge assembly first remove the top hinge assembly and the door Then using a 1 2 wrench or socket extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts and pull the hinge assembly from the unit See Figure 7 188 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Figure 7 187 Door Assembly Removal Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Bolts Figure 7 188 Cabinet Hinge Assembly Removal 7 77 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Refrigerator Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 189 Adjustable Door Shelves and Dairy Compartment Removal and adjustment of the upper door shelves and dairy compartment assembly is
102. two 2 seconds and the dis penser will meter out the ice collect it in the cylinder valve directly Figure 3 32 Water Dispense Press above the glass then turn the cylinder valve to drop the ice into the and Hold ICE Key glass See Figure 3 32 If less ice is desired hold the ICE key for less than two 2 seconds if more ice is desired hold the ICE key until the dispensing cycle repeats NOTE The ice dispenser can be reprogrammed to deactivate the delayed dispense feature which would allow the dispenser cylinder valve and ice auger motor to remain energized continuous whenever the ICE key is pressed and held This is referred to as Delayed Dispense Reset and is covered on the next page 3 17 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Vse sZ Locking the Dispenser The dispenser assembly is equipped with a Lock feature which deacti vates all keys on the dispenser control panel to prevent unintended ice and water dispensing while cleaning and or to prevent small children uer from using the dispenser To activate the lock feature press and hold the LIGHT key for approxi mately five 5 seconds See Figure 3 33 until the dispenser lights Figure 3 33 Lock Dispenser Press flash once and the key icon illuminates red The dispenser lights amp Hold LIGHT Key for 5 Seconds will remain in the state they were in before the lock feature w
103. water filter or bypass plug are removed HIGH VOLTAGE BLACK WATER FILTER SW 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES NEUTRAL After 1 year or 235 gallons the reset button must be pressed for 5 second to clear water filter icon and restart counters TANWHITE TAN WATER VALVE 1600 PINK WHITERED M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR REDWHITE WHITE RED PINK WHITE BLUE ORANGE BLACK ORANGE ORANGE BLACK ORANGE MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITE BLUE WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER GRAY WHITE ewe 27 9 30 9 Q DEFROST TERMINATOR DEF HEATER REFRIGERATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY LOW VOLTAGE EXERNAL DEVICE KEYPAD Figure 3 47 GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 BLACKIYELLOW WHITE MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITEBLACK Te rLow METER BROWN BLUE BROWN BLUE BROWN BLUE PURPLE WHITEIPURPLE 3 29 WHITERED FREEZER EVAP THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET REDMHITE M FREEZER EVAPORATOR F
104. whenever the freezer compressor is energized unless the call for cooling follows a defrost in which case the evaporator fan will not be switched ON until the freez er evaporator is 35 F 2 C or colder If the freezer door is opened while the evaporator fan is operating the micro processor will detect the power signal to the lights and interrupt the 12V DC power to the fan And if the maximum ice production feature is activated which forces the freezer evaporator fan ON 100 for twenty four 24 hours the fan speed will then be ramped down to low speed during the compressor off cycles See Figure 3 45 NOTE During Sabbath Mode the lighting system is disabled and the 12V DC supplied to the evaporator fan cannot be interrupted so the evaporator fan may be observed running when the door is open f improper RPM signals are detected from the evaporator fan the appropriate fault code will be logged LOW VOLTAGE reom WHITE RED M CRISPER FANS RED BLACK M AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN REF EVAPORATOR FAN GLASS DOOR HEATER 24 90 31 7 Q RED YELLOW BROWN YELLOW BLUE x x BLACK YELLOW WHITE 3 Freezer evaporator below 35 F 2 C WHITE BLACK BLACK WHITE FLOW BROWN METER THERMISTER FREEZER EVAP BLUE BROWN THERMISTER BLUE FREEZER CABINET THERMISTER REF EVAP
105. 005333 Revision B March 2009 3 40 us zenof Built In BI Series Temperature Log Event Indicators The diagrams below illustrate possible event indicators that may be observed while in Temperature Log Recall Mode See Figures 3 76 through 3 78 Electronic Control System LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE bL Blank N COLDER WARMER COLDER Index of occurrence 220 in this example WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 76 bL Indicates Index is BLANK No Temperature Logged Yet Only possible within first 5 days of unit operation or after new control board is installed during service LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER Indicates POWER key pressed switching unit OFF COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Index of occurrence 82 in this example Figure 3 77 SERVICE Icon Illuminates Unit was switched OFF During Index by Pressing POWER Key LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER Indicates power interruption COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Index of occurrence 51 in this example Figure 3 78 Bell Illuminates Indicates Power Failure Interruption During that Index Period Temperature Log NOTES If Manual Compartment Disable Mode has been activated during any of the
106. 1 Ice Mold The ice mold is where the eight crescent shaped ice cubes are formed Mold Heater The mold heater uses 165 watts to thaw the ice free from the mold Ice Ejector The drive end of the ice ejector is D shaped to fit into the D shaped hole in the timing cam It has eight blades which rotate and sweep the ice from the mold cavities during the ejection phase of the cycle Ice Stripper The stripper is attached to the dumping side of the mold serving as a decorative side cover and it also prevents ice from falling back into the mold Bearing Inlet The bearing inlet is attached to the ice mold opposite the support Water enters the bear ing inlet and is directed to the ice mold The bearing inlet also supports the ice ejector at the end opposite the timing cam Thermostat The thermostat is a single pole single throw bi metal switch At 15 F 9 C 3 it closes starting the ice ejection phase Thermal Mastic substance similar in appearance to grease that is applied between the thermostat and the ice mold Its purpose is to increase thermal con ductivity between the mold and the thermostat Lever Arm and Shut off Arm The lever arm is moved side to side by two revolutions of the timing cam As it moves it raises and lowers the shut off arm and operates the shut off switch to control the quantity of ice production If the shut off arm comes to rest on top of the ice in the storage bin durin
107. 37 Fan current too high 38 Fan Power Output Fault 39 DC Fan Output Fault 40 Excessive runtime 42 Primary Heater Fault 43 Secondary Heater Fault 44 Door Heater Output Fault 45 Burned out Light 46 No Position State Detect NOTE This Column is continued on next page 8 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides Built In BI Series Vsee s4 FAULT CODE TABLE WITH LCD CORRELATION DIAGRAM PAGE 2 of 2 LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER B B Ba COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 10 Thermistor Faults 0 Misc 50 Open Heater 15 Relay Faults 1 Refrigerator 55 Triac Open 20 Defrost Heater Faults 2 Freezer 56 Triac Short 30 Ice Water Accessory Faults 3 Condenser 60 No Load Load Open 35 Fan Faults 4 Defrost System 65 Stuck at Dispenser Water Valve Out 40 Runtime Faults 5 Control System 66 Stuck at Ice Water Valve Out 44 Glass Heater Faults 6 Compressors 70 Bad Flash Write 45 Lighting Faults 7 Ambient 71 Flash Initialized 50 Flow Meter 8 Icemaker 72 Flash Memory Bad 60 Load Component Faults 9 Dispenser 73 Invalid Log Fault Checksum 90 Control Faults A Air Purifier 74 Invalid E2 Checksum 95 Diagnostics d TC Drawer 75 Invalid Model E2 Checksum 98 Power Faults F Freezer Evaporator 80 No C
108. 404 Figure 4 2 Condenser 7005333 Revision B March 2009 4 4 Figure 4 3 High Side Filter Drier Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Capillary Tube N 4 Capillary Tube Part of Heat Exchanger Figure 4 4 The high pressure warm liquid refrigerant travels through the long skinny capillary tube which is attached to the suction tube These two tubes soldered together create the heat exchanger As the high pressure warm liquid refrigerant travels through the capillary tube it gives up heat to the cool refrigerant gas traveling through the suc tion tube and the pressure drops so it is a low pressure cool liquid before it enters the evaporator Evaporator Figure 4 5 As the low pressure cool liquid refrigerant enters the evaporator it vaporizes This is caused by a dramatic pressure change which occurs when the refrigerant enters the larger diameter evaporator tubing from the smaller diameter capillary tubing This vapor travels through the evaporator absorbing heat from the compart ment gradually converting it to a cool gas This cool gas then enters the suction line Suction Tube amp Heat Exchanger Figure 4 6 The cool gas travels through the suction tube which is attached to the capillary tube As mentioned earlier these two tubes soldered together create the heat exchanger As this cool refrigerant gas travels through the suction tube it absorbs heat from th
109. 5333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series svs zero P N 7003218 REV F CONTROL BOARD DETAIL amp SUMMARY TABLE A WARNING MODELS BI 36R T EPOD n i nm Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock P18 DEFROST MAIN P16 HTR COMP2 COMPI LIGHTS NEUTRAL onn ns Pi 0 dj oy P6 8 5 3 1 6 4 1 MAIN CONTROL BOARD P9 PB P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 Pl SINGLE ZONE REFRIGERATOR CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR I20 VOLT CIRCUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS P141 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE P21 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P142 UNUSED UNUSED 2 2 UNUSED UNUSED P143 UNUSED UNUSED P23 UNUSED UNUSED P14 4 FOWER WUT POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P2 4 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT REDWHITE P145 UNUSED UNUSED P25 UNUSED UNUSED P14 6 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P26 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE RETURN WHITE BLACK 2 7 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FA
110. 7003218 REV F WIRING DIAGRAM HIGH VOLTAGE MODELS BI 36R Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock GREEN YELLOW 3 39NvuO LWR REF LT CONDENSER ORANGE FAN WHITERED N WHITERED MOTOR YELLOW ORANGERED WHITE GREEN YELLOW WHITE 1 O m mn al CONTROL BOARD 75 BLACK 1 e WHITE PLAIN H RIBBED WHITE Is GREENYELLOW GRAY a Lm B L Bl u z E EB WHITE lt I Em B 88 GRAY aj la SAGE SERVICE eN CONNECTOR wang i al e ooooo ooo YELLOW ORANGE BLACK ORANGE REF LT SWITCH WHITE REF LIGHTS ORANGERED ORANGE OWN WRITE 1 WHITE se AIR FILTER d 1 ORANGEJBLK LIGHT i tg REF LIGHTS LIGHT TERMINATOR ORANGE ORANGE s RED
111. AN REF EVAPORATOR FAN THERMISTER ACCENT LIGHTING THERMISTER REF EVAP THERMISTER REF CABINET Signal Trace Schematic Flow Meter Monitored Filter Reset 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series t Monitor Icemaker System and Display If Service is Needed During an ice production cycle the microprocessor observes the power supplied to the water valve solenoid If the solenoid is energized for more than thirty five 35 seconds power to the icemaker system is disabled for twenty four 24 hours See Figure 3 48 and the appropriate fault code is logged If this happens five consecutive times the ICE icon and service icon in the LCD will flash See Figure 3 49 and the icemaker system will remain disabled to include the ICE MAKER key until the problem is corrected and the fault indicator and fault code is cleared NOTES To clear the icemaker fault indicator and reactivate the icemaker system the problem must be corrected then the ALARM key must be pressed for fifteen 15 seconds to clear the fault code To allow ice to freeze fully and reduce effects of low water pressure power to the ice maker system is interrupted for forty five 45 minutes after each ice harvest This can be bypassed for service purposes by switching the ice maker system OFF then back ON with the ICE MAKER key Power to the freez er lights is moni HIGH VOLTAGE TU E tored to
112. Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Refrigerator or Freezer Heat Exchanger The refrigerator and freezer heat exchangers passes through the ceiling of their respective compartments NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing a heat exchanger To remove a heat exchanger first capture the refriger ant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 246 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment 4 With a tin snips or similar tool cut heat exchanger in compartment as close as possible to ceiling where heat exchanger passes through 5 Use a tube cutter to cut drier from condenser outlet tube 6 Using a tube cutter cut suction line approximately 1 from compressor 7 Pull remaining heat exchanger from unit NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system Evaporator When replacing the heat exchanger it is recommend ed to attach it at the evaporator end first then feed the heat exchanger through hole up to compressor area Freezer Evaporator and Heat Exchanger not Sho
113. BLACK wai i Os e 7 N ORANGE wee um wu 7 SZ REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS ox a REFRIGERATOR ubi Q TERMINATOR ORANGEJBLACK 3 ORANGE Q WHITE I ny WHITE z LIGHTS i dei 3 CONTROL IEEBHEBE BOARD WHITEIBLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER is i B GRAY WHITE I DEF HEATER BLUE WHITE DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR COMPRESSOR i 1 STARTING RELAY GRAY WHITE i FREEZER COMPRESSOR i i STARTING RELAY PURPLE WHITE U s s S CU E EE ERR C MEN U sn LOW VOLTAGE CRISPER FAN i WHITERED i REDBLACK AIR FILTER FAN amp s WHITE BROWN NS fa id MAIN CONTROL RED SLUENRITE BOARD YELLOWBROWN M YELLOW I BLUE js wat x i i E WHITEIBLACK n BLACKWHITE Hers THERMISTER BRO E sive Y FREEZER EVAP BROWN H I THERMISTER BLUE FREEZER CABINET I THERMISTER BLUE REF EVAP BROWN i THERMISTER ON
114. BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK WHITE TOUCH PAD SENSOR FRE EVAP SENSOR FRE CAB FRE EVAP FAN MOTOR 1RED AYELLOW BROWN 5 BLUE WHITE 2 WHITE LOW VOLTAGE WHITEIBLACK BROWN 10 7 BLACK WHITE FLOW METER 1 2 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series P N 7000631 REV E CONTROL BOARD DETAIL amp SUMMARY TABLE MODELS BI 36F SUB ZERO Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock P9 P18 P16 DEFROST MAIN HTR COMP2 LIGHTS u NEUTRAL P15 I 1 MAIN CONTROL BOARD 7005333 Revision B March 2009 PB P7 P6 P5 P3 P2 Pl snoononn SINGLE ZONE FREEZER
115. Before attempting to remove the water valve assembly switch the water supply to the unit off DC Connection To remove the water valve assembly first remove the kickplate then See Figure 7 78 Outlet Tube 1 With a valve assembly mounting screws and pull valve forward 2 Disconnect AC and DC electrical leads NOTE It may be necessary to cut a cable tie that is securing the AC electrical leads to the valve assembly Inlet Tube 3 Disconnect inlet and outlet water tubes from valve Figure 7 79 Water Valve Removal by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the valve while pulling the tubes away from the valve Water Filter Cartridge The water filter cartridge is located at the right hand top i side of the unit behind grille assembly To remove the water filter cartridge first lift open the Ms front of the grille assembly then See Figure 7 80 JC ZG 1 Push the cartridge in toward the water filter mani fold to depress the spring and catch mechanism 2 Then pull cartridge out of the manifold NOTE After a filter cartridge has been replaced the reset button behind the unit grille must be pressed for five 5 seconds to clear the filter icon from the LCD and reset the water filter timer Manifold Figure 7 80 Water Filter Cartridge Removal Water Filter Manifold The water filter manifold is secured to the right hand top side of the unit with screws behind grille assemb
116. COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM Figure 3 58 Service Icon Flashing but Alarm Not Chiming Usually with Normal Temperatures Displayed Major Fault Code Logged Threatening Temp Problems and or Fault Codes not Cleared after Viewing Me BAS LIGHTS ICE MAKER ICE COLDER WARMER 5 5 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER a Figure 3 59 Service Icon Flashing with Alarm Chiming Major Fault Code Logged Immediate Action Required Temperature Problems and or Possible Appliance Damage amp or Flood Warning Water through Flow Meter but No Call for Water Indicates Cleared Fault Codes LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER DO M COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM Press and hold for 15 seconds Figure 3 60 To Clear Fault Codes After Correcting the Problem Press ALARM Key for 15 Seconds C and FC appear for 5 Seconds indicating Fault Codes have been Cleared 3 33 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Vse sz SERVICE INPUT OPERATIONS The following few pages explain service input operations that can be performed at the control panel Diagnostic Mode Fault Code Recall Mode Temperature Log Recall Mode Model Configuration Mode Manual Zone Component Activation Mode and Self Test Mode Diagnostic Mode Diagnostic Mode allows the Service Te
117. CONTROL BOARD SUMMARY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR MAU VOLT CIRCUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS P141 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE 2 1 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P142 UNUSED UNUSED P22 UNUSED UNUSED P143 UNUSED UNUSED 2 3 UNUSED UNUSED P14 4 POWER WILI POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P2 4 UNUSED UNUSED REDWHITE P145 UNUSED UNUSED P2 5 UNUSED UNUSED P14 6 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK 2 6 UNUSED UNUSED 2 7 UNUSED UNUSED P15 1 MAIN LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW P2 8 UNUSED UNUSED P15 2 UNUSED UNUSED 2 9 UNUSED UNUSED P15 3 COMPRESSOR 1 POWERS COMPRESSOR PURPLE P210 UNUSED UNUSED P154 UNUSED UNUSED P211 UNUSED UNUSED P155 UNUSED UNUSED P2 12 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT P15 6 UNUSED UNUSED P2 13 UNUSED UNUSED P157 UNUSED UNUSED P2 14 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P15 8 DEFROST HEATER POWERS OFF HEATER BLUE P215 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUE WHITE P2 16 UNUSED UNUSED P16 1 UNUSED P2 17 UNUSED UNUSED P16 2 UNUSED E CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P16 3 WATER VALVE POWERS WATER VALVE P3 1 UNUSED P16 4 ICE MAKER WATER VALVE POWERS IM WATER VALVE TAN WHITE P32 UNUSED 16 5 ICE MAKER ACCESSORIES POWERS FILLTUBE AND ACCESSORIES WHITE SLUE P33 FLOW METER FLOW METER RETURN WHITE BLACK P16 6 ICE MAKER POWERS ICE MAKER PINK P3 4 FLOW METER 12V DC POWER FLOW METER POWER BLACKIWHITE P16 7 CON
118. DENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WBITERED P35 UNUSED UNUSED P16 8 UNUSED UNUSED P3 6 FLOW METER WATER FLOW SENSOR INPUT BROWN P16 9 UNUSED UNUSED UNUSED P3 UNUSED UNUSED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P18 1 WATER VALVE INPUT SENSES WATER VALVE ACTIVATION TAN THERMISTER CIRCUITS P18 2 WATER FILTER RESET SWITCH SENSES WATER FILTER RED P5 1 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE BLACK P18 3 UNUSED UNUSED 5 2 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 4 FREEZER DOOR INPUT SENSES IF FREEZER DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE BLACK P5 3 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE P18 5 UNUSED UNUSED P5 4 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 6 DEF BI METAL SENSES WHEN DEF HEATER SHUTS OFF GRAYIWHITE P555 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 6 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 7 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 5 8 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 5 9 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 10 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 11 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 5 12 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 13 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 14 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 15 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 16 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 10 8 Esue zeeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics WIRING SCHEMATIC Aa WARNING MODE LS B 36F This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete
119. Duration Displays If Service is Needed The microprocessor observes the changing state of the compressor relays on the control board to determine the length of compressor run time See Figure 3 50 Other than during initial pull down if a compressor runs 10096 Freezer 6 hours Refrigerator 4 hours five consecutive times a fault code is logged defrost is initiated and the service icon will flash If approximately twenty four 24 hours worth of 10096 run periods occur and the com partment temperature does not fall to at least the average of the set point and low off set temperature and the door is not opened during the last run period then the service icon will flash and the alarm will chime See Figure 3 51 NOTES f the unit is ever switched OFF then back ON compressors will not energize for at least three 3 minutes This minimum OFF time is used to protect the compressor and its electricals To clear fault indicators and Fault Codes the problem must be corrected then press the ALARM key for fifteen 15 seconds Failure to clear Fault Codes will result in the highest priority fault indicator reappearing in the LCD when the unit is
120. E WHITE PU SITE WHITES MAIN CONTROL BOARD GREEN YELLOW L wet creen E WHITE YELLOW la B RIBBED ER EH a PURPLE SERVICE een CONNECTOR COMPRESSOR PWR SUPPLY CORD mae m 2 3 aja omo a 2 QRANGE BLACK o TANMMHITE 0 YELLOW 1 GRAY AVHITE ORANGE BLACK FREEZER SE LT SWITCH ORANGE BLACK 3 GREENIVELLOW STAN m FREEZER LIGHTS ORANGE ROW WHITE RANGE BLK LLI FREEZER CC LIGHT WHITE TERMINATOR ORANGE ORANGE ssa 1 GREENYELLOW ICEMAKER 6 TAN SPINK A WHITE FILLTUBE ZONE T HEATER 1 WHITEJBLUE nl amp PINK 1 TAN 5 GREENYELLOW 2 WHITE ORANGEBLACK BLUE GRAYWHITE 9 2 DEFROST g HEATER 5 8 1GRAYMHITE 2 WHITE WHITE ls V T GRAY DEEROET LWR FREEZER LT TERMINATOR E WHITE Fy ICEMAKER TANNHITE lt SOLENOID 10 6 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7000631 REV E WIRING DIAGRAM LOW VOLTAGE Aa WARNING MODELS BI 36F This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock MAIN CONTROL BOARD YELLOWBROWN BLUE
121. EATER NO SOLENOID SWITCH ww WATER SOLENOID HOLDING SWITCH APPROXIMATE POSITION I lt OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION ICE BUCKET Figure 6 10 Second Revolution Continued 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Information End of Ice making Cycle See Figure 6 11 The water valve solenoid switch is tripped by the timing cam back to normally open ending the water fill The timing cam trips the holding switch to normally close which ends the second revolution The thermostat is still open so it does not start the drive motor If the shut off arm has come to rest on top of the ice in the storage bin as illustrated the shut off switch remains in the normally closed position This interrupts power from reaching the thermostat until sufficient ice has been removed from the stor age bin allowing the shut off arm to lower NOTE To allow ice to freeze fully and reduce effects of low water pressure the electronic control system dis ables the icemaker system for 45 minutes after each ice harvest MANUALLY STOPPING ICE PRODUCTION Ice production can be manually stopped two ways 1 Press the ICE MAKER key on the control panel so that the ice cube icon is not displayed on the LCD 2 Position the ice level shut off arm in the up OFF position See Figure 6 12 7005333 Revision B March 2009 6 8 Buil
122. ER FILTER SW E e p pucr i conecron MAIN CONTROL BOARD de nap Lc co Ca 12 u 2 PWR SUPPLY y E CORD 2n 216 ills L ORANGE 308ANGE aala 1ORANGEBLACK RANGETBLE a SIE IESETAVHITE 5 BLUE pM MT 3 ORANGE BLACK 2 WHITE FREEZER REF 3 GREENYELLOW LT SWITCH LT SWITCH 1 PINK 5 BROWN 2 WHITE BLUE REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS E Om 1 QAO Cary GREENYELLOW ICEMAKER TAN PINK HITE FILL TUBE ZONE 1 HEATER WHITE M HITETELUE FILTER LIGHT REDUNDANT ui HEATER MULLION CHUTE oo HEATER 0 0 AUGER MOTOR REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS sn Oc 07 TAN GREENYELLOW WHITE b ORANGEBLACK BLUE GRAY WHITE
123. ERLY ANCHORED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SLIDE THE UNIT TRAY OUT NOTES wm Removing the condenser fan shroud assembly before sliding the unit tray out will allow greater access to sealed system components on the tray See con denser Fan Shroud Assembly removal instructions earlier in this section When tapping into the sealed system always use solder on process valves Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak e Whenever servicing the sealed system the high side filter drier MUST be replaced High Side Filter Drier NOTE It is not necessary to slide the unit tray forward in order to replace a high side filter drier To remove a high side filter drier first capture the refrig erant from sealed system then See Figure 7 69 1 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from drier outlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 2 With a tube cutter cut inlet tube 1 or less from drier inlet NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 1 above When installing replacement filter drier insert capil lary tube until it touches screen inside drier then pull capillary tube away from screen approximately 3 8 before brazing See Figure 7 70 Filter drier outlet must be facing downward in order to
124. ERS FILL TUBE AND ACCESSORIES WHITE BLUE P33 FLOW METER FLOW METER RETURN WHITE BLACK P16 6 ICE MAKER POWERS ICE MAKER PINK P3 4 FLOW METER 12V DC POWER FLOW METER POWER BLACKWHITE P16 7 CONDENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WHITERED P35 UNUSED UNUSED P16 8 UNUSED UNUSED P36 FLOW METER WATER FLOW SENSOR INPUT BROWN P16 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT ORANGE RED P3 7 UNUSED UNUSED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P18 1 WATER VALVE INPUT SENSES WATER VALVE ACTIVATION TAN THERMISTER CIRCUITS P182 WATER FILTER RESET SWITCH SENSES WATER FILTER RED P511 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE BLACK P18 3 UNUSED UNUSED 5 2 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 4 FREEZER DOOR INPUT SENSES IF FREEZER DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE BLACK P5 3 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE P18 5 REFRIGERATOR DOOR INPUT SENSES IF REF DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE P5 4 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 6 REF BI METAL SENSES WHEN DEF HEATER SHUTS OFF GRAYWHITE P555 UNUSED BLUEINBITE 5 6 UNUSED BROWN 5 7 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEWELLOW P5 8 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN 5 9 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE DRANGE P5 10 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P5 11 UNUSED BLUERED 5 12 UNUSED BROWN P5 13 UNUSED P5 14 UNUSED P5 15 UNUSED P5 16 UNUSED 10 16 Esue zeeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics WIRING SCHEMATIC Aa WARNING MODE LS B 1 365 1 425 1 485
125. Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock 115 VOLTS NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES 3k 0000000 wares varve ie 1600 IM wire M ycon DENSER FAN MOTOR T of 3 Ln WHITE 3d T E 2 zfzz TERMINAL LIGHTS z a 3 i 5 i u BROWN C N ounssnmuce want n ise ISE md WANE i Serene FI i Mas ME fi s a 3 MAIN CONTRO BOARD WHTEBLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER i DEF HEATER w N wire DEFROST 15 11730 TERMINATOR FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE 3 8 ue 2 im RED m M m WHITE T WHITERBLACK n BLACK WHITE FLOW THERMISTER li BROWN METER BLUE an FREEZER EVAP mm QN FREEZER CABINET BROWN a enna 10 9 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In Series P N
126. Figure 7 239 When not being moved for service a bolt passing down through a hole at the front of the unit tray holds it in place A WARNING UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD MAKE SURE THE ANTI TIP BRACKETS ARE IN PLACE AND THE UNIT IS PROPERLY ANCHORED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SLIDE THE UNIT TRAY OUT NOTES Removing the condenser fan shroud assembly before sliding the unit tray out will allow greater access to sealed system components on the tray See con denser Fan Shroud Assembly removal instructions earlier in this section When tapping into the sealed system always use solder on process valves Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak Whenever servicing the sealed system the high side filter drier MUST be replaced High Side Filter Drier Cut Here NOTE It is not necessary to slide the unit tray forward in order to replace a high side filter drier To remove a high side filter drier first capture the refrig erant from sealed system then See Figure 7 240 1 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from drier outlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates Figure 7 240 Filter Drier Removal 2 With a tube cutter cut inlet tube 1 or less from drier inlet NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs ex
127. GERATOR LIGHTS UPPER REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS 2 WHITE 10RANGERED AIR FILTER ORANGE ORANGE REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS 2 WHITE FILL TUBE HEATER GREENIVELLOW ICEMAKER TAN ZONE 1 WHITE BLUE YELLOW ORANGEIBLACK TAN GREENYELLOW WHITE m BLUE GRAY WHITE FREEZER LIGHT SW GRAY WHITE DEFROST HEATER BLUE BLUE 2GRAY DEFROST TERMINATOR GRAY WHT LWR FREEZER LT HIGH VOLTAGE WHITE ICEMAKER SOLENOID 10 2 Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock GRAY COMPRESSOR CONDENSER FAN WHITE RED MOTOR GREEN YELLOW WHITE PLAIN PLAIN RIBBED MOTIXNSSUS L2 L1 PWR SUPPLY CORD SERVICE CONNECTOR REFRIGERATOR LT SWITCH sve zerog Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7000632 REV E WIRING DIAGRAM LOW VOLTAGE Aa WARNING MODE LS I 30U B 1036U This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe elec
128. HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING MODE l S 1 365 1 425 1 485 This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete TRE Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock HTE ETIE CONDENSER FAN WATER FILTER SW UK pines WHITE RED MOTOR creo PUES HU WHITE GREENYELLOW y WRITE LM Jd PURPLE EI WHITE f seavice GREENVELCOW connector MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITE PURPLE 12 2 PWR SUPPLY HI CORD 2m 2116 affe w n af a o 2 e ipsos led legos Is ORANGE BLACK 1 ORANGE BLACK unt 3 AE Z ORANGE H fog d 3YELLOW a BLUE J m ORANGE BLACK z LANE L REFRIGERATOR vate YELM ORANGE LT SWITCH GREENYELLOW sumen m BROWN WHITEJBLUE 1 BROWN WHITE DRANGE REFRIGERATOR REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS LIGHTS FREEZER LIGHT TERMINATOR us L uel TR mM REFRIGERATOR gt s LIGHTS ORANGE YELLOW lg ORANGE BLK he 3 E Hire YE J WATE ORE ORANGE SORANGETBLACK GREEN YELLOW amp Wire omawcr 2 WHITE GREENYELLOW 18 a AIR FILTER LIGHT Lol GREENIYELLOW ICEMAKER TAN MESES 3 PINK EJ E mad 10 E FILLTUBE zg s ZONE 1 HEATER 3 N 2wnmE r T RANGE C REENAE WHITE LUE LL 3 k
129. INPUT BLUEIWHITE P216 REF EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUE P161 UNUSED P2 17 UNUSED UNUSED P16 2 UNUSED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P16 3 WATER VALVE POWERS WATER VALVE P3 1 UNUSED P164 ICE MAKER WATER VALVE POWERS IM WATER VALVE TANIWHITE P32 UNUSED 16 5 ICE MAKER ACCESSORIES POWERS FILLTUBE AND ACCESSORIES WHITEBLUE P3 3 FLOW METER FLOW METER RETURN WHITE BLACK P16 6 ICE MAKER POWERS ICE MAKER PINK P3 4 FLOW METER 12V DC POWER FLOW METER POWER BLACKWHITE P16 7 CONDENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WHIVERED P3 5 UNUSED UNUSED P16 8 UNUSED UNUSED P3 6 FLOW METER WATER FLOW SENSOR INPUT BROWN P16 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT ORANGE RED P3 7 UNUSED UNUSED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P18 1 WATER VALVE INPUT SENSES WATER VALVE ACTIVATION TAN THERMISTER CIRCUITS P18 2 WATER FILTER RESET SWITCH SENSES WATER FILTER RED P5 1 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEBLACK P18 3 UNUSED UNUSED P52 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P184 FREEZER DOOR INPUT SENSES IF FREEZER DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE BLACK P5 3 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE P18 5 REFRIGERATOR DOOR INPUT SENSES IF REF DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE P54 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 6 REF BI METAL SENSES WHEN DEF HEATER SHUTS OFF GRAYIWHITE 5 5 UNUSED UNUSED P5 6 UNUSED UNUSED 5 7 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEWELLOW P5 8 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P5 9 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEJORA
130. IRCUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS P141 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE P2 1 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P14 2 UNUSED UNUSED P22 CRISPER LIGHT 12 VDC POWER CRISPER LIGHT POWER P143 UNUSED UNUSED P2 3 CRISPER LIGHT GROUND RETURN CRISPER LIGHT RETURN P14 4 POWER IN C1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P24 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT RED WHITE P14 5 UNUSED UNUSED P2 5 UNUSED UNUSED P14 6 POWER IN LT POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P2 6 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE RETURN WHITE BLACK P2 7 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN OUTPUT 15 1 MAIN LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW P2 8 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN RETURN WHITE BROWN P15 2 UNUSED UNUSED P2 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT OUTPUT P15 3 COMPRESSOR 1 POWERS COMPRESSOR PURPLE P2 10 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT RETURN 15 4 UNUSED UNUSED P2 11 UNUSED UNUSED P155 COMPRESSOR E POWERS REF COMPRESSOR GRAY P2 12 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOWIBROWN P15 6 UNUSED UNUSED P213 REF EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW 15 7 UNUSED UNUSED P2 14 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P15 8 DEFROST HEATER POWERS OFF HEATER BLUE P215 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUEIWHITE P2 16 REF EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUE P161 DISPENSER ICE AUGER POWERS DISPENSER ICE AUGER BROWN P237 UNUSED UNUSED P162 DISPENSER WATER VALVE POWERS DISPENSER WATER VALVE RED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P163 WATER VALVE POWERS WATER VALVE P31 BULK ICE
131. LARM POWER m m LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 0 Figure 3 24 Enter Sabbath Mode Switch Unit OFF First m LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 5 A D COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 10 seconds 17 Figure 3 25 Then Press Hold POWER Key for 10 seconds 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 14 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Manual Zone Disable Mode Manual Zone Disable Mode allows a customer or Service Technician to switch one zone or compartment OFF for defrosting interior cleaning or diagnostic purposes while allowing the other zones to continue cooling To initiate Manual Zone Disable Mode the unit must first be switched OFF using the POWER key See Figure 3 26 Now press and hold the WARMER key for the zone being disabled then the POWER key then release both keys at which time double dashes will appear in place of temperature readings for the chosen zone See Figure 3 2T To return the disabled zone to operational state repeat the steps above NOTE If switched OFF then back ON the electronic control stores this mode set in non volatile memory so the disabled zone will remain disabled until the proper key sequence is performed to reenable the zone The alarm system for the disabled zone is inactive during this mode Always check set points after returning un
132. LUE P163 WATER VALVE POWERS WATER VALVE P217 UNUSED UNUSED P164 ICE MAKER WATER VALVE POWERS IM WATER VALVE TANMHITE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P165 ICE MAKER ACCESSORIES POWERS FILLTUBE AND ACCESSORIES WHITE BLUE P31 UNUSED P166 ICE MAKER POWERS ICE MAKER PINK P32 UNUSED P167 CONDENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WHITE RED P33 FLOW METER FLOW METER RETURN WHITE BLACK P168 UNUSED UNUSED P34 FLOW METER 12V DC POWER FLOW METER POWER BLACK WHITE P16 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT ORANGE RED P35 UNUSED UNUSED P36 FLOW METER WATER FLOW SENSOR INPUT BROWN P18 1 WATER VALVE INPUT SENSES WATER VALVE ACTIVATION TAN P37 uNUSED UNUSED P182 WATER FILTER RESET SWITCH SENSES WATER FILTER RED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P183 UNUSED UNUSED THERMISTER CIRCUITS P184 FREEZER DOOR INPUT SENSES IF FREEZER DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE BLACK P5 1 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE BLACK P18 5 REFRIGERATOR DOOR INPUT SENSES IF REF DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE P5 2 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 6 REF BI METAL SENSES WHEN DEF HEATER SHUTS OFF GRAY WHITE P53 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE P544 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P55 UNUSED UNUSED P56 UNUSED UNUSED P57 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE YELLOW P58 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P59 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE ORANGE P5 10 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P511 uNUsED UNUSED P512 UNUSED UNUSED P513 lUNUSED UNUSED
133. MPRESSOR STARTING RELAY GRAY WHITE LOW VOLTAGE seis CRISPER FANS WHITE RED RED BLACK AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN REF EVAPORATOR ace FAN YELLOW m BLUE WHITE F sd MAIN CONTROL BOARD 1 THERMISTER IB F BLUE REF EVAP E BROWN 16 THERMISTER BLUE REF CABINET In Device d KEYPAD 10 13 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series SUB ZERO P N 7000630 REV D WIRING DIAGRAM
134. N DIAGRAM PAGE 2 of 2 LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER B B Ba COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 10 Thermistor Faults 0 Misc 50 Open Heater 15 Relay Faults 1 Refrigerator 55 Triac Open 20 Defrost Heater Faults 2 Freezer 56 Triac Short 30 Ice Water Accessory Faults 3 Condenser 60 No Load Load Open 35 Fan Faults 4 Defrost System 65 Stuck at Dispenser Water Valve Out 40 Runtime Faults 5 Control System 66 Stuck at Ice Water Valve Out 44 Glass Heater Faults 6 Compressors 70 Bad Flash Write 45 Lighting Faults 7 Ambient 71 Flash Initialized 50 Flow Meter 8 Icemaker 72 Flash Memory Bad 60 Load Component Faults 9 Dispenser 73 Invalid Log Fault Checksum 90 Control Faults A Air Purifier 74 Invalid E2 Checksum 95 Diagnostics d TC Drawer 75 Invalid Model E2 Checksum 98 Power Faults F Freezer Evaporator 80 No Communication H High Voltage System 81 Communications Time out L Lighting 82 Partial Communications r Refrigerator Evaporator 83 Bad Micro Communication U Water Systems 84 Micro Initialization 85 Display Failure 86 Too Slow NOTE These Columns are repeated from last page 87 No Flow 90 Framing Errors 92 Excessive Collisions 93 Data Overrun 95 FMEA Error 96 Calibration or Low Signal Error 97
135. N OUTPUT RED BLACK P15 1 MAIN LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW 2 8 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN RETURN WHITE BROWN P152 UNUSED UNUSED 2 9 UNUSED UNUSED P15 3 UNUSED UNUSED 2 10 UNUSED UNUSED P15 4 UNUSED UNUSED 2 11 UNUSED UNUSED P15 5 COMPRESSOR 2 POWERS REF COMPRESSOR GRAY 0242 UNUSED UNUSED P15 6 UNUSED UNUSED P213 RETURN EVAP FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW 15 7 UNUSED UNUSED 2 14 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P15 8 UNUSED UNUSED P2 15 UNUSED UNUSED P216 REF EVAP FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUE P161 UNUSED P2 17 UNUSED UNUSED P16 2 UNUSED i CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P163 UNUSED UNUSED THERMISTER CIRCUITS P164 UNUSED UNUSED 5 1 UNUSED UNUSED 16 5 UNUSED UNUSED 5 2 UNUSED UNUSED P16 6 UNUSED UNUSED P53 UNUSED UNUSED P16 7 CONDENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WHITERED 5 4 UNUSED UNUSED P16 8 UNUSED UNUSED P P5 5 UNUSED UNUSED E 16 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT POWERS AIR FILTER LT ORANGERED P5 6 UNUSED UNUSED 5 7 EVAP SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUENELLOW P18 1 UNUSED UNUSED 5 8 EVAP SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 2 UNUSED UNUSED 5 9 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE ORANGE P18 3 UNUSED UNUSED 5 10 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 4 UNUSED UNUSED P5 11 REF CONDENSER SENSES TEMPERATURE P18 5 REF DOOR INPUT SENSES IF REFRIGERATOR DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE 5 12 REF CONDENSER SENSES TEMPERATURE P18 6 UNUSED UNUSED P513 UNUSED
136. NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE 2 1 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P14 2 UNUSED UNUSED P22 CRISPER LIGHT 12 VDC POWER CRISPER LIGHT POWER P143 UNUSED UNUSED 2 3 CRISPER LIGHT GROUND RETURN CRISPER LIGHT RETURN P144 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK 2 4 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT REDIWHITE P145 UNUSED UNUSED P2 5 UNUSED UNUSED P14 6 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P2 6 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE RETURN WHITE BLACK 2 7 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN OUTPUT RED BLACK P151 MAIN LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW 2 8 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN RETURN WHITE BROWN P152 UNUSED UNUSED 2 9 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT OUTPUT P153 COMPRESSOR A POWERS COMPRESSOR PURPLE P2 10 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT RETURN P15 4 UNUSED UNUSED P2 11 UNUSED UNUSED P1555 COMPRESSOR 2 POWERS REF COMPRESSOR GRAY 242 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW BROWN P15 6 UNUSED UNUSED P2 13 REF EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW P157 UNUSED UNUSED P2 14 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P15 8 DEFROST HEATER POWERS OFF HEATER BLUE P2 15 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT 2 16 REF EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUE P16 1 UNUSED P2 17 UNUSED UNUSED x P16 2 UNUSED lt CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P16 3 WATER VALVE POWERS WATER VALVE P3 1 UNUSED P164 ICE MAKER WATER VALVE POWERS IM WATER VALVE TANIWHITE P3 2 UNUSED P16 5 ICE MAKER ACCESSORIES POW
137. NGE P5 10 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN 5 11 UNUSED UNUSED P512 UNUSED UNUSED 5 13 UNUSED UNUSED 5 14 UNUSED UNUSED P515 UNUSED UNUSED P5 16 UNUSED UNUSED 10 4 Esue zeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7000632 REV E WIRING SCHEMATIC A WARNING MODE LS I 30U B 1 36U This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock HIGH VOLTAGE gt aa Ae f O O 115 VOLTS BLACK NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES WATER FILTER SW I i NO i TANWHITE zs 0000000 waren varve S 1600 PINK IM white anne Mp CONDENSER FAN MOTOR dais REDAVHITE S7 Uhre i 1 of WHITE BE Ej parezer uci O ELE TERMINATOR J al 2 2 4 as FREEZER LIGHTS YELLOW hus UN ORANGE
138. OR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR CIRCUITS LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUITS P141 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL INTO BOARD WHITE P1 1 GLASS DOOR HEATER 12 VDC POWER GLASS DOOR HEATER POWER BLACK YELLOW P142 UNUSED UNUSED P12 IGLASS DOOR HEATER GROUND RETURN GLASS DOOR HEATER RETURN WHITE YELLOW P143 UNUSED UNUSED P2 1 EVAPORATOR FAN GROUND RETURN EVAPORATOR FAN RETURN WHITE P144 POWER IN L1 POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P22 CRISPER LIGHT 12 VDC POWER CRISPER LIGHT POWER P145 UNUSED UNUSED P23 CRISPER LIGHT GROUND RETURN CRISPER LIGHT RETURN P146 POWER IN LI POWER INTO BOARD BLACK P24 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT REDMWHITE P25 lUNUSED UNUSED 15 1 LIGHTS POWERS MAIN LIGHTS YELLOW P2 6 DRAWER FAN PWM DRIVE RETURN WHITE BLACK P152 UNUSED UNUSED P2 7 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN OUTPUT RED BLACK P193 COMPRESSOR t POWERS COMPRESSOR PURPLE P2 8 AIR FILTER FAN AIR FILTER FAN RETURN WHITE BROWN P154 UNUSED UNUSED P29 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT OUTPUT P155 COMPRESSOR 2 POWERS REF COMPRESSOR GRAY P210 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT RETURN 15 6 UNUSED UNUSED 2 11 uNUSED UNUSED 15 7 UNUSED UNUSED P2 12 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW BROWN P158 DEFROST HEATER POWERS OFF HEATER BLUE P213 REF EVAPORATOR FAN PWM DRIVE OUTPUT YELLOW P214 EVAPORATOR FAN 12 VDC POWER EVAPORATOR FAN POWER RED P161 UNUSED P215 FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT BLUEMWHITE P162 UNUSED P2 16 REF EVAPORATOR FAN TACHOMETER INPUT B
139. P5 14 UNUSED UNUSED 5 15 uNUsED UNUSED P5 16 uNUSED UNUSED P17 1 LED GROUND REYURN LEDRETURN WHITE PURPLE P17 2 uNUSED UNUSED P17 3 UNUSED UNUSED P17 4 LED 12 VDC POWER LED POWER BLUE PURPLE Figure 3 3 Control Board Summary Table 3 4 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT AKA USER INTERFACE MODULE Figure 3 4 below shows the layout of the control panel assembly NOTES Not all keys are present on all models f the unit does not have a glass refrigerator door the control panel will not have the accent LIGHTS on off key The control panel in an all refrigerator model does not have the freezer zone COLDER and WARMER keys nor the ICE MAKER and MAX ICE keys The control panel in an all freezer model does not have the refrigerator zone COLDER and WARMER keys nor the PURE AIR key The control panel keys are capacitance touch sensitive so even though the words press is used throughout this section to indicate what to do to the keys they actually only need to be touched to operate Whenever a key is touched the electronic control will emit a beep ACCENT LIGHTS ON OFF KEY LCD UNIT POWER ON OFF KEY units with glass Liquid Crystal Display doors only MAXIMUM ICE PRODUCTION ON OFF KEY speeds ice production by up to 2096 AIR PURIFIER ON OFF KEY
140. Quantum SPI 98 Brownout 99 Other NOTE This Column is continued from last page 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 38 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Temperature Log Recall Mode The electronic control system logs stores the average temperature of each individual thermistor every thirty 30 min utes along with any possible event indicators These thirty minute periods are referred to as indexes Up to two hundred forty 240 indexes can be stored for each thermistor which is five 5 days of temperature history After two hundred forty 240 indexes are stored each new index bumps the oldest index with index number 240 being the oldest thirty minute temperature average Accessing and viewing this temperature history data in the LCD is accomplished by initiating Temperature Log Recall Mode To initiate Temperature Log Recall Mode begin with the unit ON and in Diagnostic Mode See Figure 3 69 NOTE If Fault Codes have been logged the control will enter Fault Code Recall Mode instead of Diagnostic Mode If this happens press the ALARM key to shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode While in Diagnostic Mode use a WARMER or COLDER key to toggle through the readings until the desired thermis tor location code is displayed See Figure 3 70 r Refrigerator rE Refrigerator Evaporator F Freezer FE Freezer Evaporator NOTE If dr Cn or
141. RESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 1 1 Original Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor delay DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evaporator amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 30000 33000 30000 33000 DOOR HEATER 12 VDC 5 0 4 25 32 9 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Technical Data Built In Series Vse 2z Model BI 36F CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 1 2 1 2 Original Service Compressor BTU s 950 950 DEFROST METHOD Adaptive Defrost Intervals and duration varies Followed by 5 min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B
142. Revision B March 2009 1 6 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 36R F BI 36R O BI 36R S MODEL Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Framed Door Trim with Handle Louver Grille Standard Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Overlay Door Trim No Handle Panel Grille Standard Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Door Stainless Steel Grille Standard DESCRIPTION BI 36RG F BI 36RA F BI 36RG O BI 36RA O BI 36RG S BI 36RA S Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Glass Door Framed Door Trim with Handle Louver Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Glass Door Overlay Door Trim No Handle Panel Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass Built In Series 36 Wide All Refrigerator Glass Door Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Door Stainless Steel Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass General Information Model BI 36R Model BI 36RG 7005333 Revision B March 2009 General Information Built In BI Series MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 36F F Built In Series 36 Wide All Freezer Framed Door Trim with Handle Louver Grille Standard BI 36F O Built In Series 36 Wide All Freezer Overlay Door Tr
143. SENSES TEMPERATURE 5 14 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P515 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE E P516 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 7005333 Revision March 2009 10 12 Esue zeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics P N 7003218 REV F WIRING SCHEMATIC MODELS BI 36R Aa WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock HIGH VOLTAGE T NONE BLACK NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES WHITERED CONDENSER FAN MOTOR white REDWHITE WHITE Oase g 28 m _ O WHITE suos N IN 7 WHITE QO EF DUH SWITCH io 0 WHITE TERMINATOR 7 wee E S MAIN CONTROL 4 E BOARD fo WHITE EE a ORANGE REFRIGERATOR CO
144. SWITCH BULK ICE SWITCH INPUT P16 4 ICE MAKER WATER VALVE POWERS IM WATER VALVE TAN WHITE P3 2 BULK ICE SWITCH BULK ICE SWITCH RETURN WATERED P16 5 ICE MAKER ACCESSORIES POWERS FILL TUBE AND ACCESSORIES WHITE BLUE P3 3 FLOW METER FLOW METER RETURN WHITE BLACK P16 6 ICE MAKER POWERS ICE MAKER PINK P3 4 FLOW METER 12V DC POWER FLOW METER POWER BLACK WHITE P16 7 CONDENSER FAN CONDENSER FAN WHITERED P3 5 UNUSED UNUSED P16 8 UNUSED UNUSED P3 6 FLOW METER WATER FLOW SENSOR INPUT BROWN P169 AIR FILTER LIGHT AIR FILTER LIGHT ORANGE RED P3 7 UNUSED UNUSED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION COLOR P18 1 WATER VALVE INPUT SENSES WATER VALVE ACTIVATION TAN THERMISTER CIRCUITS P18 2 WATER FILTER RESET SWITCH SENSES WATER FILTER RED P5 1 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEJBLACK P18 3 UNUSED UNUSED P52 FREEZER EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P184 FREEZER DOOR INPUT SENSES IF FREEZER DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE BLACK P53 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE P18 5 REFRIGERATOR DOOR INPUT SENSES IF REF DOOR IS OPEN ORANGE P5 4 FREEZER CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN P18 6 REF BI METAL SENSES WHEN DEF HEATER SHUTS OFF GRAY WHITE P5 5 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 6 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE 5 7 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUEYELLOW P5 8 REFRIGERATOR EVAPORATOR SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN 5 9 REF CABINET SENSES TEMPERATURE BLUE ORANGE 5 10 REF SENSES TEMPERATURE BROWN 5 11 UNUSED SENSES TEMPERATURE P5 12
145. See Figure 7 193 1 Lift shelf straight up off of the standoffs 2 Pull shelf forward out of compartment Deli Drawer and or Crisper Drawer Assembly To remove a deli drawer assembly or crisper drawer assembly open the drawer until it stops then lift the front of the drawer up slightly off of the drawer slide while continuing to pull the assembly out of the com partment See Figure 7 194 NOTE If the door is limited to a 90 degree opening removing the non adjustable door shelves will assist in this task Figure 7 193 Crisper Shelf Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 194 Refrigerator Drawer Removal 7 79 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Glass Crisper Cover Assembly The glass crisper cover assembly is located between the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer and is held in place by crisper cover supports attached to each side wall Cover Support To remove the glass crisper cover assembly first remove the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer then See Figure 7 195 1 Grasp the assembly at the front edge toward each side 2 Lift the front of the assembly upward and pull it for ward to release it from the support retaining clips Crisper Cover Support Fi
146. Series 36 Wide Side by Side Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard BI 36S S Built In Series 36 Wide Side by Side Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard Model BI 36S MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 42S F Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard 425 0 Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard BI 42S S Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard Model BI 42S MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 42SD F Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 42SD O Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Overlay Door Trim No Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 42SD S Built In Series 42 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Louver Grille Standard Model BI 42SD 7005333 Revision B March 2009 1 10 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series General Information MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 48S F Built In Series 48 Wide Side by Side Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 48S O Built In Series 48 Wide Side b
147. Switch Ice Maker System ON or OFF Press ICE MAKER Key Single Ice Cube Appears when ON 3 7 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Vse sz Maximize Ice Production Feature These appliances are equipped with a feature that can boost ice production up to 40 above normal By pressing the MAX ICE key on the control panel the ice maker system is switched ON if OFF multiple ice cube icons appear in the LCD See Figure 3 9 the freezer set point is automatically set to 5 F 21 C for twenty four 24 hours and the freezer evaporator fan is switched to 10096 run for twenty four 24 hours switching off only when the door is opened After twenty four 24 hours the freezer set point reverts to the last manually input set point the freezer evaporator fan resumes its normal operation cycling with the compressor and two of the three ice cube icons disappear from the LCD indicating normal ice production has resumed NOTES When the maximize ice production feature is active power to the icemaker system is NOT interrupted after ice harvest so the icemaker will initiate a harvest as soon as the thermostat reaches 10 F 12 C Switching the unit OFF then back ON with the POWER key or pressing the MAX ICE key during the twenty four 24 hour production period will switch the maximize ice production feature OFF When in Sabbath Mode the icemaker system is disabled Sabbath Mode will be exp
148. T BROWN p penc N DEVICE DISPENSOR I DOOR KEYPAD 10 21 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series evs zeroy 7005333 Revision B March 2009 10 22
149. TECHNICAL SERVICE MANUAL Built In BI Series 2009 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED JOB AID 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series General Information SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In BI Series Fevs zerol General Information INTRODUCTION This Technical Service Manual has been compiled to provide the most recent service information for Built In Series appliances The information in this manual will enable the service technician to diagnose malfunctions perform nec essary repairs and return a Built in Series unit to proper operational condition The service technician should read the complete instructions contained in this manual before initiating any repairs IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION Below are Product Safety Labels used in this manual The Signal Words used are WARNING or CAUTION When reviewing this manual please note these differ ent Product Safety Labels placed at the beginning of certain sections of this manual You must follow the instructions given in the boxes of the Product Safety Labels in order to avoid personal injury and or product damage The sample Product Safety Labels below illustrate the precautions that should be taken when the signal word is observed A WARNING INDICATES THAT HAZARDOUS OR UNSAFE PRACTICES COULD RESULT IN SEVERE PERSON
150. Temperatures Temperature signals from the freezer compartment thermistor are monitored by the microprocessor When the freezer compartment thermistor detects high offset temperature calling for cooling the freezer compressor is cycled ON and in most cases the evaporator fan motor receives a high speed run command switching it ON However if the freezer is calling for cooling following a defrost the evaporator fan will not be switched ON until the freezer evap orator falls to 35 F 2 C When the compartment reaches low offset temperature the compressor and evaporator fan are switched OFF Though compartment air temperature fluctuates from OFF and ON cycles it is the freezer compartment s average tem perature that is displayed at the HIGH V DETAGE ur us vorrs left side of the LCD See EER SW 60 CYCLES Figure 3 44 3 Condenser fan RED energized NOTES Freezer zone temperature 0000000 vere range is 5 F 21 C to 5 F m 8 T E IM 15 C mem CONDENSER FAN MOTOR If average compartment tem perature changes the display will change by one degree OE y per minute E When high offset is detected h after a defrost the freezer REDWHITE WHITE PINK WHITE BLUE TANAHI RED WHITE ALLIS B ED ORANGE BLACK WHITE WHITE ORANGE WHITE O O WHITE O
151. Then the POWER Key 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 2 KE sf Built In Series Troubleshooting Guides FAULT CODE TABLE WITH LCD CORRELATION DIAGRAM PAGE 1 of 2 LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER B B B B COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 10 Thermistor Faults 0 Misc 00 Open 15 Relay Faults 1 Refrigerator 01 Short Closed 20 Defrost Heater Faults 2 Freezer 02 Unstable 30 Ice Water Accessory Faults 3 Condenser 05 Miswire normal temps 35 Fan Faults 4 Defrost System 06 Miswire overheat 40 Runtime Faults 5 Control System 07 Bad Ohms 44 Glass Heater Faults 6 Compressors 09 Too Warm Large Temp Differential 45 Lighting Faults 7 Ambient 10 Second Device Open 50 Flow Meter 8 Icemaker 11 Second Device Short Closed 60 Load Component Faults 9 Dispenser 12 Second Device Unstable 90 Control Faults A Air Purifier 20 Third Device Open 95 Diagnostics d TC Drawer 21 Third Device Short Closed 98 Power Faults F Freezer Evaporator 22 Third Device Unstable H High Voltage System 25 Diagnostics Failure L Lighting 30 Valve Enabled Too Long r Refrigerator Evaporator 33 Speed Setting too Low U Water Systems 34 Speed Setting too High 35 Fan speed error 36 Fan current too low NOTE These Columns are repeated on next page
152. This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock HIGHVOLTAGE C C m 115 VOLTS NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES t I i i m 000000 arer varve ell 1600 wuneneo pp V CONDENSER FAN MOTOR x M AEOWHITE ware Ur FILTER LIGHT i i of es warre FEDE enne W i ORANGE BLACK Cg m w Q i K veus ud Y ORANGE WHITE H IREFRIGERATOR LIGHTS t ORANGE BLACK Ll e T ide E WHITE H m z MAIN ICRISPER LIGHTS i z BcoNTROL B a BOARD E i WHITEJBLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER wam 1 Bs Tet DEF HEATER 27 9 30 9Q REFRIGERATOR 11 COMPRESSOR i STARTING RELAY WHITE 4 i
153. To remove the defrost heater first remove the drawer front assembly upper freezer basket lower basket ice maker freezer duct assembly and the wire cover mounting screws then See Figure 7 62 1 Rotate wire cover to the left exposing electrical con nections 2 Disconnect heater electrical leads 3 Cut cable ties at top of heater on left side of evapo rator 4 Using a small needle nose pliers detach heater clips by pulling end tab of clips away from evapora tor then remove heater from compartment Freezer Evaporator Thermistor The freezer evaporator thermistor is secured with a cable tie to an evaporator return bend on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove the drawer front assembly upper and lower freezer bas kets icemaker freezer duct assembly and the wire cover mounting screws then See Figure 7 63 1 Rotate wire cover to the left exposing electrical con nections 1 Cut cable tie securing thermistor to evaporator Cut thermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment NOTE When replacing the thermistor be sure to attach the new thermistor to the same return elbow that the defective thermistor was removed from At this writing the thermistor is attached to the third elbow from the top in the front row of elbows on the left side Electrical Connection Heater Clips
154. WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 30U Bi 36U Sealed System Components before continuing The condenser inlet and outlet stubs are at the rear of the condenser After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 72 1 Remove nuts from threaded studs at the front and rear of condenser then lift condenser slightly to clear threaded studs and pull condenser forward 2 Using a tube cutter cut condenser inlet and outlet tubes approximately 1 from condenser stubs then remove condenser fully from unit tray NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After replacing the condenser take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Compressor Electrical Assembly Capacitor amp Clip Screws 3 Rubber Grommets 4 Figure 7 71 Compressor Removal Inlet and Outlet are at back of Condenser Figure 7 72 Condenser Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Refrigerator or Freezer Evaporator The refrigerator and freezer evaporators are attached to the rear walls of their respective compartments with screws behind the compartment duct assemblies See Duct Assembly removal procedures earlier in this sec tion NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing an evaporator
155. Y ANCHORED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SLIDE THE UNIT TRAY OUT NOTES wm Removing the condenser fan shroud assembly before sliding the unit tray out will allow greater access to sealed system components on the tray See con denser Fan Shroud Assembly removal instructions earlier in this section When tapping into the sealed system always use solder on process valves Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak e Whenever servicing the sealed system the high side filter drier MUST be replaced High Side Filter Drier NOTE It is not necessary to slide the unit tray forward in order to replace a high side filter drier To remove a high side filter drier first capture the refrig erant from sealed system then See Figure 7 119 1 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from drier outlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 2 With a tube cutter cut inlet tube 1 or less from drier inlet NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 1 above When installing replacement filter drier insert capil lary tube until it touches screen inside drier then pull capillary tube away from screen approximately 3 8 before brazing See Figure 7 120 Filter drier outlet must be facing downward in order to
156. able tie that is securing the AC electrical leads to the valve assembly 3 Disconnect inlet and outlet water tubes from valve by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the valve while pulling the tubes away from the valve 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Figure 7 174 Drain Pan Removal AC Connection DC Connection Outlet Tube Inlet Tube Figure 7 175 Water Valve Removal 7 72 Esuezee1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Water Filter Cartridge The water filter cartridge is located at the right hand top side of the unit behind grille assembly To remove the water filter cartridge first lift open the front of the grille assembly then See Figure 7 176 1 Push the cartridge in toward the water filter mani fold to depress the spring and catch mechanism 2 Then pull cartridge out of the manifold NOTE After a filter cartridge has been replaced the reset button behind the unit grille must be pressed for five 5 seconds to clear the filter icon from the LCD and reset the water filter timer Manifold Figure 7 176 Water Filter Cartridge Removal Water Filter Manifold The water filter manifold is secured to the right hand top side of the unit with screws behind grille assembly NOTE Before attempting to remove the water filter Outlet Tube manifold switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the filter manifold f
157. ach behind the control panel and push the lower tabs Lower Tab upward while pulling the bottom edge away from the display support 2 Once the lower tabs are disengaged lower the Slot in Display Support assembly down and disconnect the electrical lead from the control panel assembly PC board P i Figure 7 154 Control Panel Assembly Removal viewed from behind Upper Duct Assembly The refrigerator upper duct assembly has notches at the bottom of each side flange that fit over locating pins on the shelf ladders screws at the top of the duct secure it to the back wall of the compartment at the bottom plastic rivets hold it tight to the top flange of the lower duct assembly To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all Screws cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf and the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 155 1 Atthe bottom of duct extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or similar device then pull rivets out 2 Extract screws from top of upper duct Plastic Rivets 3 Pull top of duct forward about 45 degrees from ver v tical then lift the duct up off of shelf ladder pins S H Figure 7 155 Upper Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 62 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Shelf Ladder Shelf ladders are held to the side walls with screws To remove a shelf
158. achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 190 Non adjustable Door Shelf The lower non adjustable door shelf has hooks at the back sides of its endcaps that fit into notches in the door liner To remove the non Adjustable door shelf lift it up slightly then pull it from the notches in the door liner to install it push in and down See Figure 7 191 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Metal Channels Gasket Figure 7 189 Door Gasket Removal f 7 78 Figure 7 191 Non Adjustable Door Shelf Esuezeed Built In Series Component Access Removal Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a refrigerator cantilever shelf assembly See Figure 7 192 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders Crisper Glass Shelf The crisper glass shelf rests upon shelf standoffs that are mounted to the refrigerator side walls To remove the crisper glass shelf
159. adjust and or remove a freezer cantilever wire shelf assembly See Figure 7 95 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Metal Channels Gasket Figure 7 93 Door Gasket Removal s Figure 7 95 Cantilever Shelf Removal 7 38 Esvezeed Built In BI Series Fixed Glass Shelf Assembly The freezer fixed glass shelf rests upon shelf standoffs that are mounted to the freezer side walls To remove the freezer fixed glass shelf See Figure 7 96 1 Lift shelf straight up off of the standoffs 2 Pull shelf forward out of compartment Ice Bin To remove the ice bin open the top freezer basket and lift the ice bin out of the basket Not Shown Freezer Basket Assembly To remove a freezer basket assembly See Figure 7 97 1 Pull basket open until it stops 2 Remove basket contents 3 Simultaneously depress both locking tabs under bottom front corners of basket assembly and lift up on basket front 4 With basket front straight up place bottom corner of basket on hinge side into gap between door and face frame then pivot other end of basket asse
160. all the way in then drill out front mount ing rivet 4 Pull slide all the way out then drill out mounting rivet at middle of the slide 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electrical Connection 2 each slide SA Figure 7 224 Ice Bin Carrier Assembly Removal Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Upper Duct Assembly The L shaped upper duct assembly has notches at the top of each side flange that fit over locating pins at the top of each shelf ladder The bottom of the duct assembly acts as a shelf over the icemaker and is secured with screws to the compartment side walls To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves and the ice bin then See Figure 7 225 NOTE Removing the icemaker assembly first is not necessary but will make this task easier 1 From underside of duct assembly extract duct mounting screws three each side Upper Duct Assembly Mounting Holes 3 each side 2 Pull bottom of duct assembly forward slightly until lower light fixture electrical connections are visible behind icemaker assembly then disconnect light s electrical leads 3 Pull top of duct assembly down to disengage notch es in side flanges from the locating pins 4 Pull ground clip from top flange of duct assembly then remove duct asse
161. and reinstallation 5 With the door closed use a socket wrench with an extension and a 72 socket to extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts See Figure 7 265 6 Extract the outermost door hinge mounting screw See Figure 7 265 7 Lift the hinge assembly up off of the top of the unit allowing the door to shift toward the handle side and come to rest against the main frame See Figure 7 266 NOTE It may be necessary to use a flat blade screwdriver to pry the post at the end of the door closer arm up out of the hole in the top of the door assembly 7 107 L Figure 7 264 Top Door Hinge Screw Removal Setscrew Installation and Spacer Installation Figure 7 265 Cabinet Hinge Bolt Removal and Door Hinge Screw Removal Hinge Assy Figure 7 266 Top Door Hinge Assy Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Door Assembly Door assemblies are secured to the top and bottom door hinges with screws The bottom door hinges have Bottom Cabinet a post that fits down into bearings in the bottom cabinet Hinge Assembly hinge assemblies door adjusters To remove a door assembly the top hinge assembly must be removed first Then with one hand at each side of the door open the door forty five to ninety degrees and lift it off of the bottom cabinet hinge assembly See Figure 7 267
162. as Fahrenheit hold Bell key and POWER key for 10 sec onds If Outside US Control Set to Display 2 Switch unit OFF then ON then press amp hold Fahrenheit but Customer Thought it Bell key and POWER key for 10 seconds Was Celsius Water filter has reached capacity or time Replace water filter then press reset button limit must be replaced behind unit grille for five 5 seconds to clear fil ter icon from LCD and reset counters to zero Air Purifier cartridge has reached time limit Replace air purifier cartridge then press PURE must be replaced AIR key for five 5 seconds to clear flashing icon from LCD and reset counter to zero Unit is Sabbath Mode Press POWER key to force unit out of Sabbath Mode 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 12 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Troubleshooting Guides PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE TEST ACTION J Double Dashes in Place of Temperature Readings on LCD K LCD is Blank with Warm or Erratic or Normal Temperatures L Ice and or Water Dispenser Inoperative but no Fault Code BI 42SD amp BI48SD ONLY Zone Disabled Re enable Zone Switch unit off then press WARMER key for that zone and POWER key then release all keys No Power to Unit Check power to unit plug unit in or switch sup ply circuit breaker ON Electrical Outlet Polarity is Reversed Check polarity at outlet if incorrect instruct customer to contact Electrical Contracto
163. as activat ed To deactivate the lock feature press and hold the LIGHT key again for approximately five 5 seconds until the dis penser lights flash once and the red key icon is no longer illuminated The lights will remain in the state they were in before the lock feature was deactivated Delayed Dispense Reset Mode Deactivating Reactivating Delayed Dispense Feature The ice dispenser is initially set with the delayed dispense feature active Delayed Dispense Reset Mode allows the Service Technician to deactivate or reactivate the ice delayed dispense feature If deactivated the ice dispenser cylinder valve and ice auger motor will remain energized continuous whenever the ICE key is pressed and held NOTE Delayed Dispense Reset Mode must be initiated within the first 1 minute after switching the unit ON If the unit has been running more than one 1 minute use the POWER key on the main control panel to switch the unit OFF then back ON To deactivate or reactivate this feature within the first minute after switching the unit ON 1 Press the LIGHT key on the dispenser control panel for approxi mately five 5 seconds until the dispenser lights flash once and the key icon illuminates red See Figure 3 34 E 2 Press hold ICE key on dispenser control panel See Figure 3 35 3 While holding ICE key press and release the LIGHT key five con Figure 3 34 Press amp Hold LIGHT s
164. ass Model BI 30UG 7005333 Revision B March 2009 1 8 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 36U F BI 36U O BI 36U S MODEL Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard DESCRIPTION BI 36UG F BI 36UA F BI 36UG O BI 36UA O BI 36UG S BI 36UA S Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass Built In Series 36 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard Same as above with High Altitude Glass General Information Model BI 36U Model BI 36UG 7005333 Revision B March 2009 General Information Built In BI Series MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 36S F Built In Series 36 Wide Side by Side Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 36S O Built In
165. ation varies Followed by 5 min compressor 30000 33000 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 15 0 13 790 970 2 1 0 17 0 09 64 80 129 159 Technical Data Built In Series Fevc zercy Model 485 REFRIGERATOR FREEZER CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 5 0 oz 6 0 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Compressor Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 41 1 Original Compressor Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 12 Esue zeod Built In BI Series Model BI 48SD CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side High Side COMPRESSOR Original Compressor Service Compressor Amps Original Compressor Service Compressor BTU s DEFROST METHOD DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Te
166. be Check for power from control board to fill tube heater Fill tube heater 2850 38900 Water fill setting too low 6 sec s Adjust fill setting Water fill setting too high gt 7 sec s Adjust fill setting Defective water valve Valve 2160 1650 Replace valve N O Ice Cubes Hollow or Small Icemaker not level Level icemaker Unit not level Level unit Water supply not constant 20 120 psi Instruct customer Water fill setting too low lt 6 sec s Adjust fill setting Too little thermalmastic on thermostat Add thermalmastic Defective thermostat Open 48 F 6 Close 15 F 3 Replace thermostat Q Q N Too much Ice 1 Shut off arm linkage bent broken Repair or replace arm linkage If ejector blades rotate with arm in up OFF position Icemaker faulty Replace icemaker Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal SECTION 7 COMPONENT ACCESS AND REMOVAL Component Access Removal Built In BI Series evs zeroy COMPONENT ACCESS AND REMOVAL This section explains how to adjust access and remove components If different models have similar procedures they are grouped together under the appropriate heading An attempt has been made to arrange these procedures in such a way as to simulate which components would need to be removed first in order to gain access to other components When following a component removal proce dure it may be necessary to
167. be routed up through the floor within 1 2 13 from the back wall and no higher than 3 76 off the floor If the water line comes through the wall make sure it is no more than 3 76 from the floor Regardless of the routing allow 3 9 m of excess cop per tubing to remain outside the wall or floor for easy connection to the unit The water supply line should be locate within the shaded area indicated in the Finished Rough Opening Specifications illustration for the specif ic model An easily accessible shut off valve should be used between the water supply and the unit Do not use self piercing valves A saddle valve kit part 4200880 is available from a Sub Zero dealer or parts distributor It is not recommended that the ice maker be connected to a softened water supply Water softener chemicals such as salt from a malfunctioning softener can dam age the ice maker and lead to poor ice quality If a soft ened water supply cannot be avoided be sure that the water softener is well maintained and operating proper ly IMPORTANT NOTE All installations must meet local plumbing code requirements Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Water Line Connections Approximately 3 9 m of 1 4 plastic tubing is connect ed to the unit with a preassembled 1 4 compression connection at the end This tubing is located under the unit The water line fitting connection kit provided with the unit contains a 1 4 compression union f
168. bly Removal Basket Slide 7 89 Figure 7 222 Freezer Basket Slide Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series 1 Icemaker Assembly The icemaker assembly is attached to the middle duct assembly with screws To remove ice maker first remove the ice bin then See Figure 7 223 NOTE It is not necessary to remove the ice bin carrier assembly or the upper duct assembly 1 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to pry latches of male electrical connector from tabs of female con nector then disconnect icemaker electrical leads 2 Extract icemaker mounting screws two at top one at bottom then pull icemaker assembly from com partment Ice Bin Carrier Assembly The ice bin carrier assembly is made up of two slide assemblies and two bracket assemblies The two bracket assemblies are held together at the front with nuts and bolts and these two bracket halves are attached to the slide assemblies with bolts The slide assemblies are then attached to the freezer side walls with rivets To remove the ice bin carrier assembly bracket halves first remove the ice bin then See Figure 7 224 1 Remove nuts and bolts from front of bracket halves 2 Extract bracket mounting bolts from slide assem blies To remove an ice bin carrier assembly slide first remove the ice bin and bracket halves then See Figure 7 224 3 Push slide
169. bly and the wire cover mounting screws then See Figure 7 60 1 Rotate wire cover to the left exposing electrical con nections 2 Disconnect terminator electrical leads 3 Pull terminator off of outlet tube Icemaker Fill Tube Heater and Fill Tube The icemaker fill tube heater slides over the fill tube in the upper left corner of the freezer compartment The fill tube is secured in position by a rubber pin formed Figure 7 60 Defrost Terminator Removal into the water inlet tube that locates in a hole on fill tube To remove the fill tube hearer first remove the drawer front assembly upper and lower freezer baskets ice maker freezer duct assembly and the wire cover mounting screws then See Figure 7 61 Rubber Pin Fill Tube Heater Electrical Connection 1 Rotate wire cover to the left exposing electrical con nections 2 Disconnect fill tube heater electrical leads 3 Push heater wire leads and grommet out of slot in wire cover and remove from compartment The fill tube is removed by pressing the rubber pin at the top of fill tube and pulling fill tube off the water inlet tube Figure 7 61 Icemaker Fill Tube Heater Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 24 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Evaporator Defrost Heater The evaporator defrost heater is held in place at the bottom of the evaporator with defrost heater clips
170. bly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Control Panel Assembly a k a UIM User Interface Module The control panel assembly UIM is located at the top front of the freezer compartment and is secured with tabs at each end fitting into slots in the display support To remove the control panel assembly first remove the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 103 1 At each end of control panel assembly reach behind the control panel and push the lower tabs upward while pulling the bottom edge away from the display support 2 Once the lower tabs are disengaged lower the assembly down and disconnect the electrical lead from the control panel assembly PC board Upper Duct Assembly The upper freezer duct assembly has notches at the bottom of each side flange that fit over locating pins on the shelf ladders screws at the top of the duct secure it to the back wall of the compartment To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf and the upper light diffuser assembly then See Figure 7 104 1 Extract screws from top of upper duct 2 Pull top of duct forward about 45 degrees from ver tical then lift the duct up off of shelf ladder pins Ground Clip Light Bracket Assembly Figure 7 102 Upper Light Assembly 1 T Tx gt UIM Rear View
171. bly is attached at the top of the unit with screws passing through the grille s side frames into grille brackets To remove a grille assembly See Figure 7 254 1 Lift open the front of the grille assembly to access the mounting screws 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the two front grille mounting screws then loosen but do not remove the two rear mounting screws 3 pull the grille assembly forward off of the unit NOTE When reinstalling the grille assembly line up the notches at back of grille side frames with the rear mounting screws then push the grille assembly back 7 103 Top Cabinet Trim Figure 7 253 Top Cabinet Trim Removal Grille Bracket Grille Bracket Figure 7 254 Grille Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In BI Series Framed Overlay Refrigerator Door Handle Handle Side Trim The door handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the door with screws These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the door then 1 Atthe top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push the cover back disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 255 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle side trim mounting screws and pull the trim
172. c Mode press and hold COLDER and WARMER keys then the POWER key then release all three keys See Figure 8 2 Self Test Mode will last for five 5 seconds 3 Initiate Fault Code Recall Mode With the unit ON press and a COLDER key and press the POWER key then release both keys See Figure 8 3 See the Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation Diagram on pages 8 3 and 8 4 NOTE Press a WARMER or COLDER key to toggle through the Fault Codes 4 Locate the matching code s in the left column of the Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide starting on page 8 5 Follow the Test Actions as listed in the right column next to the code 6 If Fault Codes are not present but the appliance is having problems move onto the General Troubleshooting Guide LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER Jb ae zr COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 8 1 Initiate Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold a COLDER Key Then the POWER Key St Self Test Mode is Active GPA fc 59 LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER L t L COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 8 2 Initiate Self Test Mode While in Diagnostic Mode Press COLDER WARMER and POWER Keys SS LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 908 J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 8 3 Initiate Fault Code Mode Press and Hold a COLDER Key
173. cating the last tone setting See Figure 3 18 Pressing a COLDER key at this time will decrease the tone setting and the chime will sound in the lower softer tone while pressing a WARMER key will increase the tone setting and the chime will sound in the higher louder tone See Figures 3 19 and 3 20 NOTES Do not press and hold the POWER key first that will simply switch the unit OFF Tone Adjust Mode will end ten 10 seconds after the last key stroke or press ALARM key to exit LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER eos Js COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 5 seconds Figure 3 17 Adjusting Chime Tone any time after first minute of switching unit ON Initiate Contrast Adjust Mode First Press and Hold COLDER WARMER and POWER Keys for 5 Seconds S Indicates Tone Adjust Mode Tone Level Hi High LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 5 H j COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 18 While in Contrast Adjust Mode Press POWER Key to Initiate Tone Adjust Mode Tone Level nO Norman LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 5 fj COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 19 Press COLDER Key to Decrease Tone Press WARMER Key to Increase Tone Tone Level nO Norman
174. ce wae ais 15 BE MAIN Qa EH CONTROL BOARD E eni 2300 29000 FILL TUBE HEATER F GRAY WHITE ES 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER wat DEFROST REFRIGERATOR TERMINATOR 1 COMPRESSOR r aay STARTING RELAY 4 Compressor amp drawer FREEZER COMPRESSOR fans energized STARTING RELAY 2 LOW VOLTAGE sent to evapora tor fan RED BLACK AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN BLACKYELLOW EVAPORATOR FAN EVAPORATOR FAN FREEZER GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 MAIN I 3 Refrigerator evaporator BOARD WHITE BLACK BLACK WHITE FLOW THERMISTER BROWN above 38 F 3 C METER CONTROL F fons T THERMISTER THERMISTER Z Yetta BLUE c eR CABINET BROWN THERMISTER REF CABINET ACCENT LIGHTING BLUE PURPLE EKERN DEVICE L L8 LED WHITEPURPLE 1 High offset temperature detected Figure 3 39 Signal Trace Schematic Regulating Refrigerator Temperature 3 21 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series 53 Additional Regulating of Refrigera
175. ce by inverted T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the upper light diffuser assembly See Figure 7 301 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs 2 Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the inverted T Figure 7 301 Upper Light Diffuser Removal shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly Light Bracket The upper lighting assembly is located behind the light diffuser at the top of the compartment To remove the light bulb first remove the light diffuser C then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 302 The light bracket assembly is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser then See Figure 7 302 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness Figure 7 302 Freezer Light Assembly 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Middle Light Diffuser and Light Bulb The middle light fixture is inside the dispenser light enclosure directly below the ice bucket To remove the middle light
176. cece W Cow 9009 EL Figure 2 22 Anchoring at Top of Unit ANCHOR SCREW 2 15 Figure 2 23 Anchoring at Bottom of Unit 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Built In Series Fevc zeroy 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 16 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System SECTION 3 ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM INFORMATION Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fevs zercy ELECTRONIC CONTROL TERMINOLOGY amp COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS The Built In Series utilizes an electronic control system which monitors regulates controls and displays a variety of functions and operations in the appliance The table below defines some of the basic electronic control system terminology Term Component Main Control Board Control Panel Assembly Function Keys Capacitance Touch Sensitive LCD Liquid Crystal Display Indicators Fault Codes Error Codes Temperature Units of Measure Set Point High Offset Cut in Low Offset Cut out Variable Speed Compressor Variable Speed Fan Motor Definition Description Also referred to as the Main Controller Board is the printed circuit board PC Board which contains a microprocessor relays trials and electrical connections that monitor and control all functions of the appliance An electrical component on the control board which receives electrical signals from
177. chnician to observe current real time temperature readings from all thermis tors without weighted averaging or offsets Diagnostic Mode is also used as an interim step to get into other modes NOTE The key strokes to initiate Diagnostic Mode and Fault Code Recall Mode are the same If the electronic control has recorded Fault Codes then the key strokes listed below will initiate Fault Code Recall Mode which will be explained later If Fault Codes are observed but the desire is to view current temperature readings from the ther mistors then press the ALARM key this will shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode To initiate Diagnostic Mode the unit must be ON then press and hold either COLDER key and press the POWER key then release both keys If there are no Fault Codes logged then at left in the LCD will be current real time temperature readings of a thermistor at right will be the thermistor location code and all icons in the LCD will illumi nate See Figure 3 61 Pressing a COLDER or WARMER key while in Diagnostic Mode will toggle to the next or previous thermistor location respectively See Figure 3 62 below and Thermistor Location Code Table with Additional Diagnostic Mode Notes on following page NOTES Do not press and hold the COLDER and POWER keys for more than ten 10 seconds as this will initiate Manual Zone Component Activation Mode which is covered later in the section Diagnostic Mode will end twent
178. cle For location of the electrical supply refer to the Finished Rough Opening Specifications illustration for your specific model IMPORTANT NOTE A ground fault circuit interrupter is not recommended and may cause interruption of operation A WARNING DO NOT USE AN EXTENSION CORD OR TWO PRONG ADAPTER ELECTRICAL GROUND IS REQUIRED ON THESE APPLIANCES DO NOT REMOVE POWER SUPPLY CORD GROUND PRONG A CAUTION The outlet must be checked by a qualified electri cian to be sure that it is wired with the correct polarity If the power and neutral polarity are reversed at the outlet the appliance will not oper ate Verify that the outlet provides 115 V AC and is properly grounded 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In BI Series Fevs zerol Plumbing Requirements All Built In models with an automatic ice maker are also equipped with a factory installed microbiological water filtration system This system operates on water pres sure between 30 psi 2 1 bar to 100 psi 6 9 bar IMPORTANT NOTE A reverse osmosis system can be used provided there is constant water pressure of 30 psi 2 1 bar to 100 psi 6 9 bar supplied to the unit at all times If a reverse osmosis system is used it is rec ommended that the water filter be bypassed Refer to Water Filter Bypass Plug Installation instructions on the following page Rough in the cold water supply line using 1 4 OD cop per line The water line should
179. d flange lt S Figure 7 323 Filter Reset Switch Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 128 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Sealed system Components The sealed system components at the top of the appliance sit on a sliding unit tray There is a slot in the unit tray running from front to back with a bolt positioned in the middle of this slot and attached to the top of the appliance This allows the tray to be pulled straight forward to aid in sealed system repairs See Figure 7 324 When not being moved for service a bolt passing down through a hole at the front of the unit tray holds it in place A WARNING UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD MAKE SURE THE ANTI TIP BRACKETS ARE IN PLACE AND THE UNIT IS PROPERLY ANCHORED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SLIDE THE UNIT TRAY OUT NOTES Removing the condenser fan shroud assembly before sliding the unit tray out will allow greater access to sealed system components on the tray See con denser Fan Shroud Assembly removal instructions earlier in this section When tapping into the sealed system always use solder on process valves Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak Whenever servicing the sealed system the high side filter drier MUST be replaced High Side Filter Drier Cut Here NOTE It is not necessary to slide the unit tray forward in order to replace a high side
180. d pull it for ward to release it from the support retaining clips Crisper Cover Support Figure 7 26 Crisper Cover Removal The crisper cover supports are secured with screws to the compartment side wall and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a crisper cover support the glass crisper cover must be removed first then extract the support Cover Support mounting screws and pull the support from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 27 Refrigerator Drawer Slide The drawer slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a drawer slide first remove the drawer assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 28 Linen Figure 7 27 Cover Support Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 28 Drawer Slide Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 12 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Crisper Light Cover Assembly The crisper light cover assembly is secured to the lower refrigerator duct by its upper flange and end caps engaging two crisper light cover supports that are part of the lower duct assembly Light Co ver To
181. diffuser upper duct assem bly freezer baskets basket slides icemaker middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 233 1 Extract the left wire cover mounting screws and pull wire cover from compartment 2 Disconnect terminator electrical leads 3 Pull terminator off of tubing NOTE When replacing the terminator be sure to attach the new terminator in the same location that the defective terminator was removed from Bracket Clip Heater Electrical Connection Heater Clips 4 Figure 7 232 Defrost Heater Removal Electrical Connection Defrost Terminator Figure 7 233 Defrost Terminator Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Freezer Evaporator Thermistor The freezer evaporator thermistor is secured with a cable tie to an evaporator return bend on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all al cantilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct J Evaporator assembly freezer baskets basket slides icemaker Thermistor middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then Oy See Figure 7 234 1 Cut cable tie securing thermistor to evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull ther
182. diffuser glass press the tab to the right of the diffuser glass then slide the glass to the right See Figure 7 303 To remove the light bulb turn it counterclockwise See Figure 7 303 Figure 7 303 Middle Light Diffuser Bulb Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 120 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Ice Bucket Assembly The ice bucket assembly is located at the top of the freezer compartment resting on top of ice bin supports with a magnet behind the ice bucket front cover that holds the assembly in place against a metal ice bucket stop bracket To remove the ice bucket assembly See Figure 7 304 1 Grab base of ice bucket assembly front cover 2 Pull assembly out of freezer until left front edge is in line with gap between door and face frame then pivot right side of assembly out of compartment Freezer Basket Assembly To remove a freezer basket assembly See Figure 7 305 1 Pull basket open until it stops 2 Remove basket contents 3 Simultaneously depress both locking tabs under bottom front corners of basket assembly and lift up on basket front slightly 4 Pull basket forward until until left front edge is in line with gap between door and face frame then pivot right side of assembly out of compartment Lower Light Diffuser and Light Bulb The lower light diffuser is a flexible p
183. djust fill setting b Water fill setting too high gt 7 sec s Adjust fill setting Water froze in inlet tube Remove ice from tube Check for power from control board to fill tube heater Fill tube heater 2850 38900 Water supply not constant 20 120 psi Instruct customer 8 Water line to unit pinched kinked clogged Repair line 9 Saddle valve not installed correctly Reposition 10 Saddle valve not fully open Open valve fully 11 Icemaker wire connections loose broken Repair wiring 12 Water valve wire connections loose broken Repair wiring 13 Defective water valve Valve 2160 1656 Replace valve 14 Thermostat wire connections loose broken Repair wiring 15 TCO overheat or short Fix cause or replace icemaker 16 See Icemaker Fault Testing 4 5 7 No Water Fill 1 Water supply switched OFF Switch supply water line ON 2 Water line to unit pinched kinked clogged Repair line 3 Saddle valve not installed correctly to supply line Reposition Water froze in inlet tube Remove ice from tube Check for power from control board to fill tube heater Fill tube heater 2850 38900 Water valve wire connections loose broken Repair wiring Defective water valve Valve 2160 1650 Replace valve 4 verflows Ice Block Forms in Bucket Oversized Cubes Icemaker not level Level icemaker Unit not level Level unit Water supply not constant 20 120 psi Instruct customer Water froze in inlet tube Remove ice from tu
184. door closer guide and the back of the door closer track then close the door Figure 7 134 Cabinet Hinge Bolt Removal and See Figure 7 133 Door Hinge Screw Removal NOTE This spacer will keep the door closer mech anism at the proper spacing to facilitate hinge assembly removal and reinstallation 5 With the door closed use a socket wrench with an extension and a 72 socket to extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts See Figure 7 134 6 Extract the outermost door hinge mounting screw See Figure 7 134 7 Lift the hinge assembly up off of the top of the unit allowing the door to shift toward the handle side and come to rest against the main frame See Figure 7 135 NOTE It may be necessary to use a flat blade screwdriver to pry the post at the end of the door closer arm up out of the hole in the top of the door assembly Hinge Assy Figure 7 135 Top Door Hinge Assy Removal 7 55 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Door Assembly The door assembly is secured to the top and bottom door hinges with screws The post of the bottom door Bottom Cabinet hinge fits down into a bearing in the bottom cabinet Hinge Assembly hinge assembly s door adjuster To remove a door assembly the top hinge assembly must be removed first Then with one hand at each side of the door open the door forty five to ninety degrees and lift it off of th
185. door hinge secure the hinge assembly to the door NOTE A special tool package is available to assist in removing a top hinge assembly This tool package is provided with replacement hinge and door assemblies If needed order part 7011097 The directions below were written to be used with this tool package To remove a top hinge assembly the grille assembly and top cabinet trim must first be removed If the unit has a glass door pull the heater flex cable out of the cable retainer at the side of the hinge assembly at this time then lI EN Ss Figure 7 133 Top Door Hinge Screw Removal Setscrew Installation and Spacer Installation 1 With the door open use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the top door hinge mounting screw near est to the hinge pivot point See Figure 7 133 2 Use a 1 8 Allen wrench or bit to replace the screw just removed with the 1 4 20X1 2 setscrew includ ed in the tool package inserting the setscrew down until its top is flush with the top surface of the door hinge See Figure 7 133 NOTE If the setscrew is not inserted far enough it will damage the hinge plate when closing the door if it is inserted too far it will not hold the door hinge in the correct position when closing the door 3 Extract the inner door hinge mounting screws leav ing the outermost screw in place See Figure 7 133 4 insert the hinge spacer included in the special tool package between the
186. door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 215 Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a freezer cantilever wire shelf assembly See Figure 7 216 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders Metal Channels Figure 7 214 Door Gasket Removal 7 87 ls Figure 7 216 Cantilever Shelf Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the freezer compartment is held in place by inverted T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the upper light diffuser assembly See Figure 7 217 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs 2 Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the i
187. ds 2 Extract screw from bottom flange and screws along back and upper flange 3 Pull bottom of assembly forward then lower assem bly down and out of the compartment Mullion Chute Heater Assembly The mullion chute heater assembly consisting of the chute heater chute door and door rod fits inside the mullion chute and is covered by the ice chute assembly To remove the mullion chute heater assembly first remove the upper cantilever shelves light diffuser water reservoir tank access panel and escutcheon panel assembly then See Figure 7 297 and 7 297A 1 Disconnect heater electrical leads 2 Depress ice chute cover retaining tabs and pull cover off of ice chute 3 Extract ice chute mounting screws 4 With a small flat blade screwdriver pry bottom tab of mullion chute heater from the groove in the bot tom of the mullion chute 5 Pull mullion chute heater out of the mullion chute while working it s electrical leads out through the slot in the top of the mullion chute 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Escutcheon Panel Assembly Figure 7 297 Ice Chute Removal Mullion Chute Heater Assembly Screwdriver gt Figure 7 297A Mullion Chute Heater Removal 7 118 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Com
188. e cover back disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 9 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle side trim mounting screws and pull the trim from the door See Figure 7 10 Stainless Steel Door Handle Assembly screw inserted through the stainless steel handle standoffs into the handle secures the handle to the standoffs The standoffs are then slides over threaded studs that are attached to the door shell A socket head set screw inserted through the side of the standoff secures the standoff to the stud To remove a stainless steel handle assembly See Figure 7 132 1 Use a 3 32 Allen wrench to loosen the set screw in each handle standoff 2 Pull handle assembly off of the threaded studs 7005333 Revision B March 2009 SCREEN COVER MSN TR 2 I Figure 7 130 Screw Cover Removal 7 v2 SDE TR MSN V Figure 7 131 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Handle Standoff Handle Mount Screw Threaded Stud Set Screw Handle Figure 7 132 Cut away View SS Handle Assembly Esuezee1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Top Door Hinge Assembly The top hinge assembly is secured to the unit with bolts that pass down through the cabinet hinge plate into threaded inserts Screws passing down through the
189. e bottom cabinet hinge assembly See Figure 7 136 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly The bottom cabinet hinge assembly is attached to the ph Figure 7 136 Door Assembly Removal bottom of the unit with bolts To remove the bottom cabinet hinge assembly first remove the top hinge assembly and the door Then using a 1 2 wrench or socket extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts and pull the hinge assembly from the unit See Figure 7 137 Bottom Cabinet Hinge Assembly Bolts Figure 7 137 Cabinet Hinge Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 56 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Model BI 36R Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 138 Adjustable Door Shelves and Dairy Compartment Removal and adjustment of the upper door shelves and dairy compartment assembly is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 139 Non adjustable Door Shelf The lower
190. e electrical lead from the control panel assembly PC board Upper Duct Assembly The refrigerator upper duct assembly has notches at the bottom of each side flange that fit over locating pins on the shelf ladders screws at the top of the duct secure it to the back wall of the compartment at the bottom plastic rivets hold it tight to the top flange of the lower duct assembly To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf and the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 286 1 Atthe bottom of duct extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or similar device then pull rivets out 2 Extract screws from top of duct below reservoir tank cover 3 Pull top of duct forward about 45 degrees from ver tical then lift the duct up off of shelf ladder pins 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Ground Clip Light Bracket Assembly Figure 7 284 Upper Light Assembly Z gt l Ir m TU E UIM Rear View n Lower Tab Slot in Display Support Figure 7 285 Control Panel Assembly Removal viewed from behind Screws Plastic Rivets SX M MSN Figure 7 286 Upper Duct Assembly Removal 7 114 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Shelf Ladder The right and low
191. e freezer compres sor at the rear is the refrigerator compressor After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 327 1 Disconnect wire leads from compressor electricals 2 Using a tube cutter cut suction and discharge tubes approximately 1 from compressor stubs NOTE Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system 3 Extract compressor mounting shoulder screws then lift compressor off of unit tray NOTE After replacing the compressor take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Condenser Holes in the front and rear bottom flanges of the con denser fit over threaded studs in the unit tray then a nut is applied to each threaded stud to hold the con denser in place NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Sealed System Components before continuing The condenser inlet and outlet stubs are at the rear of the condenser After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 328 1 Remove nuts from threaded studs at the front and rear of condenser then lift condenser slightly to clear threaded studs and pull condenser forward 2 Using a tube cutter cut condenser inlet and outlet tubes approximately 1 from condenser stubs then remove condenser fully from unit tray NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system
192. e front flange of the condenser fan shroud assembly is then secured to the front condenser bracket with screws To remove the condenser shroud assembly first remove the top cabinet trim top cabinet frame and compressor shroud then See Figure 7 65 1 Extract condenser shroud mounting screws at front of condenser 2 Extract nut from threaded stud at base of condens er fan shroud 3 Pull assembly forward slightly disconnect condens er fan electrical leads 4 Disconnect filter reset switch electrical leads then pull the assembly from the compressor area 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Main Control Board Figure 7 64 Control Board Assembly Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly 7 26 Figure 7 65 Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Condenser Fan Motor Brackets The condenser fan is mounted to the condenser fan shroud with three fan mounting brackets that hook into grommets that are in the condenser fan shroud At the back of the motor screws pass through these brackets into the back of the fan motor The condenser fan blade is held onto the fan motor shaft with a nut To remove the condenser fan motor first pull the con denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 66 1 Extract screws securing motor to brackets NOTE The brackets will unhook from the grom mets in the shroud a
193. e inner door hinge mounting screws leav ing the outermost screw in place See Figure 7 184 4 insert the hinge spacer included in the special tool package between the door closer guide and the back of the door closer track then close the door See Figure 7 184 Figure 7 185 Cabinet Hinge Bolt Removal and NOTE This spacer will keep the door closer mech Door Hinge Screw Removal anism at the proper spacing to facilitate hinge assembly removal and reinstallation 5 With the door closed use a socket wrench with an extension and a socket to extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts See Figure 7 185 6 Extract the outermost door hinge mounting screw See Figure 7 185 7T Lift the hinge assembly up off of the top of the unit allowing the door to shift toward the handle side and come to rest against the other door See Figure 7 186 NOTE It may be necessary to use a flat blade screwdriver to pry the post at the end of the door closer arm up out of the hole in the top of the door assembly Hinge Assy Figure 7 186 Top Door Hinge Assy Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 76 Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Door Assembly Door assemblies are secured to the top and bottom door hinges with screws The bottom door hinges have a post that fits down into bearings in the bottom cabinet hinge assemblies door adjusters To remove a door assembly the
194. e observed by the micro processor During the off cycle defrost if the refrigerator compartment temperature reaches high offset calling for cooling before the evaporator temperature rises to 38 F 3 C no power will be supplied to the compressor but the evaporator fan will be switched ON Only after the evaporator temperature reaches 38 F 3 C will the compressor be energized See Figure 3 42 NOTES If the refrigerator compart ment thermistor is faulty the refrigerator compressor defaults to 20 minutes ON 40 minutes OFF cycling EE appears at right in LCD the service icon flashes and the appropriate fault code is logged If the refrigerator evaporator asna thermistor is faulty the refrig dg 8 ns E BB TERMINATOR FREEZER LIGHTS erator compressor will not cO ad us is energize until compartment emm M lt C vm ORANGE w ware air temperature exceeds high I pem S iar m offset by 5 F 3 C the serv E Turon ice icon flashes and the T onan 0 appropriate fault code is w logged BOARD H If in Sabbath Mode the com partment thermistor still con trols compressor operation except that when high offset is reached there is a random 15 to 25 second delay before the cooling cycle is started HIGH VOLTAGE BLACK 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES NEUTRAL WATER FILTER SW TANWHITE E WATER VALVE is
195. e of reasons Pressures are based on a 2 Temperature set points based on set points of 0 F 3 C in refrigerators BI 42SD temperature 5 Whether or not one or both operating BI 48SD 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 14 Esoezeeed Built In BI Series Troubleshooting Guides If low side pressure is amp high side pressure is possible problem is NORMAL NORMAL MECHANICAL see General Troubleshooting Guide LOW LOW LEAK LOW HIGH RESTRICTION HIGH LOW INEFFICIENT COMPRESSOR HIGH HIGH OVER CHARGE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SEALED SYSTEM LOW SIDE PRESSURE CORRELATION Temperature Pressure 30 F 34 C 25 F 32 C NOTE The temperature pressure table at right is for refer 20 F 29 C ence only A unit s temperature pressure correlation may 1 C 26 c differ from those listed due to variations in evaporator ther mistor location set points where the sealed system is in the refrigeration cycle ambient temperature etc If a unit is experiencing temperature problems it is recom mended that you reference the Fault Code Troubleshooting Guide before accessing the sealed system After all mechanical and electrical components have been ruled out sealed system pressures can be checked by applying solder on process valves and referencing the preceding page Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak This table should only be used as a last quick check
196. e rail from the slide Freezer Full Extension Drawer Slide Assembly The full extension drawer slide assemblies are attached to the side walls with screws To remove a full extension drawer slide assembly first remove the drawer front assembly lower freezer basket and drawer slide rail assembly then See Figure 7 52 1 Extend drawer slide until front access hole lines up with front mounting screw 2 Extract slide mounting screws then pull slide from the freezer compartment Drawer Closer Assembly The drawer closer assembly is attached to the left side wall with screws To access and remove a drawer closer assembly first remove the drawer front assembly and the lower freez er basket Then extract the screws that secure the drawer closer to the side wall See Figure 7 53 IN Z d Drawer Slide Rail 2 A Drawer Slide Figure 7 52 Full Extension Drawer Slide Assy 9 00 Drawer Closer Figure 7 53 Drawer Closer Removal 7 21 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Fevs zeroy Icemaker Assembly The icemaker assembly is attached to the upper left _ hand wall of the freezer compartment with two screws at top and one at the bottom m To rem
197. e sealed system always use solder on process valves Do NOT use bolt on process valves as they are prone to leak e Whenever servicing the sealed system the high side filter drier MUST be replaced High Side Filter Drier NOTE It is not necessary to slide the unit tray forward in order to replace a high side filter drier To remove a high side filter drier first capture the refrig erant from sealed system then See Figure 7 167 1 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from drier outlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 2 With a tube cutter cut inlet tube 1 or less from drier inlet NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 1 above When installing replacement filter drier insert capil lary tube until it touches screen inside drier then pull capillary tube away from screen approximately 3 8 before brazing See Figure 7 168 Filter drier outlet must be facing downward in order to function properly Figure 7 168 Capillary Tube Insertion Note 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 68 Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Compressor Compressors are secured to the unit tray with three shoulder screws that pass down through rubber grom mets i
198. e the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it from the light socket See Figure 7 148 Light Bulb Crisper Fan Assembly A crisper fan assembly consist of a small fan motor and blade unit that is inserted into a notch in a small fan duct This assembly is attached to the lower refrigera tor duct by tabs at the side of the fan duct engaging the edges of the holes in the lower duct To remove a crisper fan assembly the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover must be removed first then See Figure 7 149 1 Disconnect fan motor electrical leads 2 Pull the fan wires out from under the wire clamps 3 Squeeze the fan duct on both sides at the middle to Figure 7 148 Lower Light Bulb Removal disengage the tabs then pull the assembly from the lower duct assembly Fan Assemblies Figure 7 149 Crisper Fan Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 60 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Crisper Spacer Assembly The crisper spacer assembly which also holds the Consumer Use and Care Cards is attached to the hinge side wall with screws To remove the crisper spacer assembly first remove the crisper glass shelf the drawer assemblies the glass crisper co
199. e warm liquid refrigerant traveling through the capillary tube making it a luke warm gas The lukewarm refrigerant gas returns to Sealed System Information Figure 4 4 Capillary Tube Part of Heat Exchanger the compressor where the process begins again Evaporator Accumulator Suction Tube Heat Exchanger Figure 4 5 Evaporator 4 5 Figure 4 6 Suction Tube Part of Heat Exchanger 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Sealed System Information Built In BI Series Fevs zerod Dual Condenser NOTE Connections are at rear of condenser Freezer Compressor Refrigerator Compressor Freezer Drier Refrigerator Heat Exchanger Refrigerator Heater Loop Freezer Heat Exchanger Refrigerator Evaporator Freezer Evaporator Freezer Heater Loop Freezer Compressor Condenser Heat Exchanger High Side Filter Drier Evaporator Gasket Seat Heater Loop Drain Pan Heater Loop Figure 4 8 Models BI 36F Refrigerant Flow 7005333 Revision B March 2009 4 6 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Sealed System Information
200. ecutive times in rapid succession See Figure 3 36 The key icon Key for 5 Seconds will flash five times then switch off indicating successful feature manipulation This can be double checked by pressing and holding the ICE key To switch back repeat the steps above starting with switching the unit OFF first ri Figure 3 35 Press amp Hold ICE Key ADDITIONAL DISPENSER NOTES For dispensing large quantities of ice into an ice container open the refrigerator door place the container under the dispenser chute then Qc uenr press the BULK ICE key pad located above the dispenser chute If any part of the dispenser system should fail the appropriate fault rh code will be logged Because of the capacitance touch functionality of the dispenser keys Figure 3 36 Press LIGHT Key 5 they must be kept clean and dry to insure proper operation Times While Holding ICE Key When in Sabbath Mode the dispenser is disabled The ice maker system and water dispensing system are disabled whenever the water filter or water filter plug is removed 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 18 FUNCTIONS OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM The following pages explain monitoring regulating and controlling functions of the electronic control system In most cases signal traces on a model BI36U wiring schematic are used to show current flow for functions being explained Supply Power to the Lighting System
201. eecd Built In BI Series TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 1 General Information 1 1 Introduction Safety Information Technical Assistance 1 2 Table of a orci oret tuqasqa 1 3 Warranty Information Lu au uquy uma ot S RIP RA 1 5 Model Description seii rete te ee 1 6 Section 2 Installation Information 2 1 Installation Considerations sene 2 2 Tools and Materials Required 2 2 Site Preparation uuu esce roses 2 2 Finished Rough Opening Spec s 30 amp 36 Over Under oet etes 2 3 36 All Refrigerator All Freezer 2 4 36 42 amp 48 Side by Side 2 5 Anti Tip Bracket Installation 2 6 Standard Installation esses 2 6 Flush Inset Application 2 7 Electrical Requirements sene 2 8 Plumbing Requirements eese 2 8 Water Line Connections ee 2 9 Water Filter Bypass Plug 2 9 Leveling the Unit u iei rt eati ri 2 10 Door Adju SEmeniS usuyasa eoi ente 2 10 Height Adjustments see 2 10 Side to Side In and Out Adjustments 2 11 90 Door Stop iei rite ree tex UE Dente 2 11 Door and Drawer Panels 2 12
202. embly Figure 7 219 Ice Bin Assembly Side View Esuezee1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Lower Light Bulb The lower light bulb is located just above the ice bin behind the light shield To remove the lower light bulb first remove the ice bin assembly then reach behind the light shield and turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 220 Freezer Basket Assembly To remove a freezer basket assembly See Figure 7 221 1 Pull basket open until it stops 2 Remove basket contents 3 Simultaneously depress both locking tabs under bottom front corners of basket assembly and lift up on basket front slightly 4 Pull basket forward until until left front edge is in line with gap between door and face frame then pivot right side of assembly out of compartment Freezer Basket Slide The basket slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls On the hinge side there are bas ket slide spacers between the slides and the wall To remove a basket slide first remove the basket assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall See Figure 7 222 Figure 7 220 Lower Light Bulb Removal D Freezer Basket Assembly Locking Tab Figure 7 221 Freezer Basket Assem
203. er equaling 0 02 oz 0 5 ml See Figure 3 47 For an icemaker fill the electronic control instructs the valve to remain open long enough to deliver approximately 3 5 oz 105 ml of water This timeframe will vary depending on the inlet water pressure and how long the filter has been in use For those units with a water dispenser the electronic con trol supplies power to the water valve whenever the WATER key is pressed In both cases the electronic control keeps track of the amount of water delivered to the filter via the flow meter When it has calculated that two hundred and thirty five 235 gallons of water have passed through the filter or if eight thousand seven hundred and sixty 8760 hours have elapsed since the last time the filter reset button was pressed then the water filter icon in the LCD will illuminate See Figure 3 47A indicating it is time to change the filter 4 30 Figure 3 47A Water Filter Icon Appears Time to Replace Water Filter After the water filter is replaced the filter reset button behind the unit grille must be pressed for five 5 seconds to clear the filter icon from the LCD and reset the counters to zero See Figure 3 47 NOTES Ifa filter bypass plug is installed the counters must be disabled by pressing the reset button five 5 times in seven 7 seconds No water will flow to the ice maker and water dispensing systems if the
204. er glass shelf rests upon shelf standoffs that are mounted to the refrigerator side walls To remove the crisper glass shelf See Figure 7 24 1 Lift shelf straight up off of the standoffs 2 Pull shelf forward out of compartment Deli Drawer and or Crisper Drawer Assembly To remove a deli drawer assembly or crisper drawer assembly open the drawer until it stops then lift the front of the drawer up slightly off of the drawer slide while continuing to pull the assembly out of the com partment See Figure 7 25 NOTE If the door is limited to a 90 degree opening removing the non adjustable door shelves will assist in this task Figure 7 24 Crisper Shelf Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 25 Refrigerator Drawer Removal 7 11 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Glass Crisper Cover Assembly The glass crisper cover assembly is located between the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer and is held in place by crisper cover supports attached to each side wall Cover Support To remove the glass crisper cover assembly first remove the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer then See Figure 7 26 1 Grasp the assembly at the front edge toward each side 2 Lift the front of the assembly upward an
205. er left shelf ladders are held to the side walls with screws and the upper left shelf ladder assembly is held to the back wall of the compartment with screws To remove a shelf ladder or shelf ladder assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 287 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder or shelf ladder assembly from compartment Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly The evaporator fan shroud is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove the evaporator fan shroud assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 288 1 Disconnect evaporator fan electrical leads 2 Extract screws securing fan shroud to compartment ceiling and pull assembly from the compartment Evaporator Fan Motor The evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the bracing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and evaporator fan assembly then See Figure 7 289 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of
206. er outlet tube 6 Using a tube cutter cut suction line approximately 1 from compressor 7 Pull remaining heat exchanger from unit NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system Evaporator When replacing the heat exchanger it is recommend ed to attach it at the evaporator end first then feed the heat exchanger through hole up to compressor area Freezer Evaporator and Heat Exchanger not Shown 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 132 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Troubleshooting Guides SECTION 8 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES Troubleshooting Guides Built In BI Series Fevs zeroy TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES This section of the manual contains The Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation Diagram The Fault Codes Troubleshooting Guide The General Troubleshooting Guide The Sealed System Diagnostic Tables USING THE FAULT CODE TABLE LCD DIAGRAM amp FAULT CODE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 1 Initiate Diagnostic Mode With the unit ON press and a COLDER key and press the POWER key then release both keys See Figure 8 1 NOTE If Fault Codes have already been logged the control will enter Fault Code Recall Mode instead of Diagnostic Mode If this happens press the ALARM key to shift the control into Diagnostic Mode Do NOT skip step 2 below if Fault Codes are already present 2 Initiate Self Test Mode With the unit ON and in Diagnosti
207. er reservoir tank the WATER button at the door dispenser must be pressed for approximately two minutes to refill the tank 7 117 Evaporator Thermistor E Figure 7 293 Evaporator Thermistor _ 8 a h SRM lt Figure 7 294 Water Tank Access Panel Compression Fittings Water Reservoir Tank Mounting Screws Figure 7 295 Water Reservoir Tank Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Escutcheon Panel Assembly The escutcheon panel assembly holds the bulk ice dis penser switch and covers the ice chute assembly a flange at the bottom left side of the assembly fits behind a metal retainer clip that is attached to the mullion wall Screws passing through the back and upper flanges hold the assembly to the wall A screw passing through the bottom flange holds the bottom tight to the water tank cover bracket To remove the escutcheon panel assembly first remove the upper cantilever shelves light diffuser and water reservoir tank access panel then See Figure 7 296 1 Disconnect bulk ice dispenser switch electrical lea
208. er slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a drawer slide first remove the drawer assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 146 Cover Support Figure 7 144 Crisper Cover Removal Cover Support Figure 7 145 Crisper Cover Support Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 146 Drawer Slide Removal 7 59 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series KEsees o2 Crisper Light Cover Assembly The crisper light cover assembly is secured to the lower refrigerator duct by its upper flange and end caps engaging two crisper light cover supports that are part of the lower duct assembly Light Cover To remove the lower light cover first remove the crisper glass shelf and deli drawer assembly then lift the light cover up at each end disengaging it from the supports See Figure 7 147 Lower Light Bulb The lower light assembly is located behind the crisper light cover Figure 7 147 Crisper Light Cover Removal To remove the lower light bulb first remov
209. erate for thirty 30 seconds whenever the door is open or the PURE AIR key is pressed Pressing the PURE AIR key again will force the air purifier ON for another thirty 30 seconds If the light bulb in the cartridge should fail the Pure Air Icon will flash and the appropriate fault code will be logged Air Purifier Feature is ON LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 22 30 n COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 11 Air Purification ON or OFF Press PURE AIR Key Pure Air Icon Appears when ON Accent Lighting System ON OFF Models Produced with Glass Doors Only Models produced with glass refrigerator doors are equipped with an accent lighting system in the refrigerator com partment To energize the accent lighting system press the LIGHTS key and the bulb icon will appear in the LCD indicating the accent lights are enabled See Figure 3 12 With the accent lighting system energized the accent LED strip will be energized and stay illuminated when the door is closed To disable the accent lights press the LIGHTS key again LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER b 38 F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER TN Accent Lighting System is Activated Figure 3 12 Accent Lighting System ON or OFF Press the LIGHT Key Bulb Appears when Activated 3 9 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control Sys
210. erator and freezer evaporators are attached to the rear walls of their respective compartments with screws behind the compartment duct assemblies See Duct Assembly removal procedures earlier in this sec tion NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing an evaporator The electrical components on a freezer evaporator will be reused so remove the defrost heater defrost terminator and evaporator thermistor from the freezer evaporator To remove an evaporator first capture the refrigerant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 244 or 7 2 45 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 2 above Cut Here Refrigerator Evaporator git Figure 7 244 Refrigerator Evaporator Removal Freezer Evaporator Cut Here Figure 7 245 Freezer Evaporator Removal 7 99 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component
211. erator compart ment thermistor is faulty the refrigerator compressor defaults to 20 minutes ON 40 minutes OFF cycling EE appears at right in LCD the service icon flashes and the appropriate fault code is logged If the refrigerator evaporator thermistor is faulty the refrig erator compressor will not energize until compartment air temperature exceeds high offset by 5 F 3 C the serv ice icon flashes and the appropriate fault code is logged e f in Sabbath Mode the com partment thermistor still con trols compressor operation except that when high offset is reached there is a random 15 to 25 second delay before the cooling cycle is started The condenser fan is ener gized whenever a compres sor is energized Average temp displayed at right of LCD L HIGH VOLTAGE L1 f 115 VOLTS BLACK WHITE NEUTRAL 60 CYCLES WATER FILTER SW 5 Condenser fan 8 energized 1600 IM MERE M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR REDWHITE CQ WHITE ds OQ NIE a E onsec fW warre ORANGE QA XY WHITE une NH onan
212. essor Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 10 Esue zeod Built In BI Series Model BI 42SD CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side High Side COMPRESSOR Original Compressor Service Compressor Amps Original Compressor Service Compressor BTU s DEFROST METHOD DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 MULLION CHUTE HEATER GLASS WELL HEATER 12 VDC Heater 1 Watts Heater 2 Watts Heater 1 Amps Heater 2 Amps Heater 1 Ohms Heater 2 Ohms 9 11 Technical Data 5 0 oz 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 75 psi to 110 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi 75 psi to 120 psi 0 8 0 8 215 1215 1 1 1 1 610 610 Fan Assisted Off Cycle Defrost Evap gt 38 F before Compressor ON Adaptive Defrost Intervals and dur
213. ews and pull valve forward 2 Disconnect AC and DC electrical leads NOTE It may be necessary to cut a cable tie that is securing the AC electrical leads to the valve assembly Inlet Tube 3 Disconnect inlet and outlet water tubes from valve Figure 175 Water Valve Removal by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the valve while pulling the tubes away from the valve Water Filter Cartridge The water filter cartridge is located at the right hand top side of the unit behind grille assembly To remove the water filter cartridge first lift open the front of the grille assembly then See Figure 7 4 1 Push the cartridge in toward the water filter mani fold to depress the spring and catch mechanism 2 Then pull cartridge out of the manifold NOTE After a filter cartridge has been replaced the reset button behind the unit grille must be pressed for five 5 seconds to clear the filter icon from the LCD Manifold and reset the water filter timer Figure 7 4 Water Filter Cartridge Removal Water Filter Manifold The water filter manifold is secured to the right hand top side of the unit with screws behind grille assembly NOTE Before attempting to remove the water filter SUUET LUDE manifold switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the filter manifold first lift open the front of the grille assembly and remove the water filter car Manifold tridge then See Figure
214. ey is pressed or if either pair of WARMER COLDER keys are pressed during Model Configuration Mode the mode will be exited LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER d E L I COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 79 When New Board is Installed and Power Supplied dE and FL Default Configuration Model Configuration must be Performed FA eae m LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 80 Initiate Diagnostic Mode First Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 10 seconds Figure 3 81 Initiate Model Configuration Mode While in Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold POWER Key for 10 seconds dE and FL Default Configuration LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER d t i CC 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 42 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System q LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 3 D fz COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 82 Toggle Through Model Codes with Multiple Key Strokes of COLDER or WARMER keys Until Correct Model Code is Displayed 36 and 36 All Refrigerator LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER
215. f COLDER and WARMER keys and the POWER key simultaneously for five 5 seconds then release the keys See Figure 3 15 The letter C will appear at the small digit location in the LCD indicating the control is now in Contrast Adjust Mode and a number 1 2 3 4 or 5 will appear at the right side of the LCD indicating the last contrast level setting Pressing a COLDER key at this time will decrease the number pressing a WARMER key will increase the number See Figure 3 16 Please note that what is actually happening here is the segments and icons in the LCD are slanting at slightly differ ent angles for each level adjustment This means that the lower numbers will not always indicate less contrast and the higher numbers will not always indicate more contrast as it depends on the line of sight of the user In fact a tall person and a short person standing side by side during the adjustment may see the contrast level move in totally opposite directions one seeing it increase the other seeing it decrease NOTES Do not press and hold the POWER key first that will simply switch the unit OFF Contrast Adjust Mode will end ten 10 seconds after the last key stroke or press ALARM key to exit C Indicates Contrast Adjust Mode n Contrast Level d LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER es a J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER E Press and hold for 5 seconds
216. fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer bas kets icemaker assembly upper light diffuser upper duct assembly middle duct assembly an lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 109 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud Evaporator Defrost Heater The evaporator defrost heater is held in place at the bottom of the evaporator with defrost heater clips To remove the defrost heater first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer baskets ice maker assembly upper light diffuser upper duct assembly middle duct assembly an lower duct assem bly then See Figure 7 110 1 Disconnect heater electrical leads 2 Using a small needle nose pliers detach heater clips by pulling end tab of clips away from evapora tor then remove heater from compartment Lower Duct I Assembly 7 43 Bracket Clip Heater Clips Heater Figure 7 110 Defrost Heater Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Freezer Defrost Terminator The freezer defrost terminator is attached to the evapo Defrost rator outlet Terminator To remove the defrost terminator first remove all can
217. filter drier To remove a high side filter drier first capture the refrig erant from sealed system then See Figure 7 325 1 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from drier outlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 2 With a tube cutter cut inlet tube 1 or less from drier inlet NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 1 above When installing replacement filter drier insert capil lary tube until it touches screen inside drier then pull capillary tube away from screen approximately 3 8 before brazing See Figure 7 326 Filter drier outlet must be facing downward in order to function properly Figure 7 326 Capillary Tube Insertion Note 7 129 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Compressor Compressors are secured to the unit tray with three shoulder screws that pass down through rubber grom mets in the compressor base and into holes in unit tray A metal tab formed into the unit tray passes up through the fourth rubber grommet and the compressor base NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Sealed System Components before continuing The compressor at the front is th
218. forced to ON for five 5 minutes or back to the OFF states using the WARMER or COLDER keys with the WARMER key activating the next step component while the COLDER key would activate a previous step component See Manual Component Activation Tables on next page NOTE All temperatures displayed are current real time temperatures without weighted averaging or offsets Pressing any key other than the POWER or ALARM during this mode restarts the five 5 minute timer Pressing the POWER key during this mode forces the control back into Diagnostic Mode Pressing the ALARM key will exit the mode and return the unit to normal operation FA iR epo f LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 86 Initiate Diagnostic Mode First Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key 4 mmm LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER C T F F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER _ Press and hold for 10 seconds Figure 3 87 Initiate Manual Component Activation Mode for Refrigerator Components While in Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold Refrigerator COLDER and POWER for ten 10 seconds Then Press Refrigerator WARMER or COLDER Key to Activate Components as Indicated in Table LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER a F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER
219. from the door See Figure 7 256 Stainless Steel Door Handle Assembly screw inserted through the stainless steel handle standoffs into the handle secures the handle to the standoffs The standoffs are then slides over threaded studs that are attached to the door shell A socket head set screw inserted through the side of the standoff secures the standoff to the stud To remove a stainless steel handle assembly See Figure 7 257 1 Use a 3 32 Allen wrench to loosen the set screw in each handle standoff 2 Pull handle assembly off of the threaded studs 7005333 Revision B March 2009 SCREEN COVER MSN TR 2 I Figure 7 255 Screw Cover Removal 7 VA SDE TR MSN V Figure 7 256 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Handle Standoff Handle Mount Screw Threaded Stud Set Screw Handle Figure 7 257 Cut away View SS Handle Assembly 7 104 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Dispenser Control Panel The dispenser control panel is held in place over the bezel and in front of the dispenser assembly by plastic rivets passing up through its bottom flange and into the dispenser assembly To remove the control panel See Figures 7 258 and 7 259 1 Extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or s
220. front of basket up slightly then push upper bas ket slides back to disengage slide hooks from the slots at rear of basket assembly 3 Continue pulling basket forward while lifting it up off of the slides Lower Basket Assembly To remove a lower basket assembly start with the freezer drawer fully open and upper basket fully in or removed Then lift the lower freezer basket up off of the basket retainers and out of the freezer compart ment See Figure 7 47 Metal Channels Figure 7 45 Drawer Gasket Removal Figure 7 47 Lower Basket Assembly 7 19 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Light Diffuser The freezer light diffuser is a flexible plastic material and is held in place at the ceiling of the freezer com partment with diffuser retainers To remove the light diffuser the top freezer basket must be removed first then squeeze the diffuser at the mid dle so that its edges disengage from the diffuser retain ers and pull the diffuser from the compartment ceiling See Figures 7 48 Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assembly is located behind the light diffuser at the top of the compartment To remove the light bulb first remove the
221. fter each ice harvest Power to the freezer lights is monitored to help con trol icemaker operation If the freezer door is open power to the icemaker is interrupted The icemaker system is disabled when the unit is in Sabbath Mode ICEMAKER COMPONENTS Following are descriptions that explain the function of each icemaker component The components are dia gramed in Figure 6 1 on the next page Support The support is the housing around the elec trical components and wire connections The support is attached to the ice mold Mounting Plate The drive motor holding switch water valve solenoid switch timing gear timing cam and water fill adjusting screw are attached to the metal mounting plate The mounting plate is then attached to the support Drive Motor 115 volts AC supplied to the drive motor causes the motor to operate The motor has a single output shaft with a small gear The motor gear drives spins the timing gear Timing Gear The timing gear is driven spun by the drive motor gear and is attached to the timing cam Timing Cam The timing cam is attached to the tim ing gear and the ice ejector is inserted into the center of the timing cam As the timing cam rotates high and low spots on the cam operate the water valve solenoid switch and the holding switch The timing cam also moves the lever arm side to side and rotates the ice ejector 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In BI Series Fsee ze c
222. fter the screws are removed 2 To remove fan blade from fan motor Figure 7 116 Condenser Fan Motor Removal a Grab blade and motor while turning nut coun terclockwise b Then pull the blade from the motor shaft Water Filter Reset Switch The water filter reset switch is secured to the inside of the condenser shroud front flange by retaining clips To remove the water filter reset switch first pull the con a Q denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 117 1 Disconnect electrical leads from switch 2 Using a needle nose pliers compress the retaining clips on switch body and push switch through con denser shroud flange lt S Figure 7 117 Filter Reset Switch Removal febr 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee ss4 Model BI 36F Sealed system Components The sealed system components at the top of the appliance sit on a sliding unit tray There is a slot in the unit tray running from front to back with a bolt positioned in the middle of this slot and attached to the top of the appliance This allows the tray to be pulled straight forward to aid in sealed system repairs See Figure 7 118 When not being moved for service a bolt passing down through a hole at the front of the unit tray holds it in place A WARNING UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD MAKE SURE THE Bolt ANTI TIP BRACKETS ARE IN PLACE AND THE UNIT IS PROPERL
223. fter the screws are removed 2 To remove fan blade from fan motor Figure 7 66 Condenser Fan Motor Removal a Grab blade and motor while turning nut coun terclockwise b Then pull the blade from the motor shaft Water Filter Reset Switch The water filter reset switch is secured to the inside of the condenser shroud front flange by retaining clips To remove the water filter reset switch first pull the con a Q denser fan shroud assembly from the compressor area then See Figure 7 67 1 Disconnect electrical leads from switch 2 Using a needle nose pliers compress the retaining clips on switch body and push switch through con denser shroud flange OD Figure 7 67 Filter Reset Switch Removal 7 27 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Models BI 30U BI 36U Sealed system Components The sealed system components at the top of the appliance sit on a sliding unit tray There is a slot in the unit tray running from front to back with a bolt positioned in the middle of this slot and attached to the top of the appliance This allows the tray to be pulled straight forward to aid in sealed system repairs See Figure 7 68 When not being moved for service a bolt passing down through a hole at the front of the unit tray holds it in place A WARNING UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD MAKE SURE THE Bolt ANTI TIP BRACKETS ARE IN PLACE AND THE UNIT IS PROP
224. g either revolution the shut off switch will remain open stopping ice pro duction at the end of that revolution Water Valve Solenoid Switch A single pole double throw type switch that allows electricity to the water valve solenoid opening the valve during the fill cycle Holding Switch A single pole double throw type switch that assures completion of a revolution once the icemaker has been energized Shut off Switch single pole double throw type switch that stops ice production when the ice bin is full TCO Thermal Cut Out The TCO is thermal protec tion device in the wire harness that would open in the event of mechanical failure thus protecting against over heating The TCO is not shown in diagram Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Icemaker Information FILL CUP EJECTOR HARNESS MOLD BODY THERMOSTAT SUPPORT CAM ICE STRIPPER HOLD SW MOTOR SHUT OFF ARM LEVER ES BAIL ARM LONG WATER SW COVER MOUNTING PLATE Figure 6 1 Diagram of Icemaker Components For reference only Individual components are not available for Service If problems with the icemaker are discovered the entire icemaker must be replaced 115 VOLTS SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT ICEMAKER OPERATION The following series of electrical schematics illustrate a typical icemaker cycle of operation Below each schematic is a diagram indicating the approximate loca tion of
225. glass shelf upper freezer bas ket icemaker assembly upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then unplug the heater and remove it from the compartment See Figure 7 107 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Figure 7 105 Shelf Ladder Removal Middle Duct Assembly N P 4 Figure 7 106 Middle Duct Assembly Removal Fill Tube Heater S nu i E i Figure 7 107 Fill Tube Heater Remova XW 7 42 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Lower Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is held in place with screws at the top and bottom To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer bas kets icemaker assembly upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and middle duct assembly then See Figure 7 108 1 Extract mounting screws a bottom of lower duct assembly 2 Pull duct assembly forward slightly until the wire leads for the lower light assembly are visible then disconnect wire leads from light fixture 3 Pull lower duct assembly from unit Evaporator Fan Motor The freezer evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the brac ing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator
226. gure 7 195 Crisper Cover Removal The crisper cover supports are secured with screws to the compartment side wall and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a crisper cover support the glass crisper cover must be removed first then extract the support Cover Support mounting screws and pull the support from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 196 Refrigerator Drawer Slide The drawer slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a drawer slide first remove the drawer assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 197 Figure 7 196 Crisper Cover Support Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 197 Drawer Slide Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 80 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Crisper Light Cover Assembly The crisper light cover assembly is secured to the lower refrigerator duct by its upper flange and end caps engaging two crisper light cover supports that are part of the lower duct assembly To remove the lower light cover first remove the crisper glass shelf and deli drawer assembly then lift the light cover up at each end disengaging it from the supports See Figure 7 198 Lower Light
227. h See Figure 2 8 then pull the filter cartridge straight out See Figure 2 9 2 Install bypass plug by aligning it with the filter mani fold then push it in to engage the spring catch See Figure 2 10 NOTE Whenever the water filter or the filter bypass plug is removed from the unit the water supply will be interrupted Figure 2 9 Water Filter Removal Pull Out WATER FILTER Figure 2 10 Water Filter Bypass Plug Installation 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Leveling the Unit Once the unit is in position the front leveling legs must be extended down to the floor by turning them clock wise The front leveling legs are also used to make front height adjustments turn the leveling legs clock wise to raise the unit and counterclockwise to lower it The rear height adjustment can be performed at the front of the base using a 5 16 socket to turn the adjust ing bolt that reaches to rear leveler roller assembly Turn the 5 16 hex bolt clockwise to raise the rear of the unit or counterclockwise to lower it When the unit is leveled properly door and or drawer adjustments are less likely to be necessary Refer to the illustration below for location of the rear roller base adjustment IMPORTANT NOTE Be sure to reference level of the unit to the floor not squareness of the unit to the sur rounding cabinetry This could affect the operation of the unit such as door clo
228. h the thermostat The shut off arm begins to rise APPROXIMATE POSITION l OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION L Figure 6 4 First Revolution Continued 7005333 Revision B March 2009 6 4 Esue zeod Built In BI Series First Revolution Continued See Figure 6 5 First Revolution Continued See Figure 6 6 Icemaker Information The ice ejector reach the ice in the mold The ice releases from the mold as the ejector blades begin to rotate the cubes out The drive motor remains energized through the holding switch The mold heater remains energized through the thermostat As the shut off arm rises the shut off switch is tripped to normally closed and then the shut off arm begins to lower SHUT OFF SWITCH SOLENOID SWITCH NC NO WATER SOLENOID r I APPROXIMATE PosrrioN OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES TCO THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER HOLDING SWITCH oY S Figure 6 5 First Revolution Continued The ice has released from the mold The motor remains energized through the holding switch The shut off arm is lowered and the shut off switch is tripped to normally open The water valve solenoid switch is tripped by the timing cam but the solenoid is not energized because the thermostat is still closed and energiz ing the mold heater Electric current follows the path of least resi
229. he fan blade stop point For proper airflow evaporator fan blades must be pushed onto the fan motor shafts fully so that the motor shafts touch the fan blade stop point Figure 5 4 Air Flow Models 365 BI 42S and 485 5 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Air Flow Built In BI Series 53 For proper airflow evaporator fan blades must be pushed onto the fan motor shafts fully so that the motor shafts touch the fan blade stop point Figure 5 5 Air Flow Models BI 42SD and BI 48SD 7005333 Revision B March 2009 5 4 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Icemaker Information SECTION 6 ICEMAKER INFORMATION 6 1 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Information ICEMAKER SYSTEM INFORMATION Built In Series units utilizes a Japan Servo icemaker Its operation is not complex but understanding its com ponents and operation cycle will assist a Service Technician in make proper diagnosis of problems A WARNING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK ALWAYS DISCON NECT ELECTRICAL POWER TO UNIT WHEN SER VICING ICEMAKER NOTES The ICE MAKER key on the control panel activates the icemaker system If the ice cube icon is not dis played on the LCD the icemaker system is OFF To allow ice to freeze fully and reduce effects of low water pressure the electronic control disables the ice maker system for 45 minutes a
230. he tabs inside the inverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Crisper Spacer Assembly a Figure 7 201 Crisper Spacer Assembly Removal Air Purifier Cartridge Figure 7 202 Air Purifier Cartridge Removal Diffuser Brackets Figure 7 203 7 82 Upper Light Diffuser Removal Esuezeed Built In Series Component Access Removal Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assemblies are located behind the light dif fuser at the top of the compartment To remove light bulbs first remove the light diffuser then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 204 Light bracket assemblies are secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser and light bulbs then See Figure 7 204 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Control Panel Assembly a k a UIM User Interface Module The control panel assembly UIM is located at the top front of the refrigerator compartment and is secured with tabs at each end fitting into slots in the display sup port To remo
231. hen the door is open E e IN 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER DEFROST REFRIGERATOR Drawer fans are energized TERMINATOR ar CoMPRESSOR whenever compressor is ener a ff NG EY gized unless door is open or temperatures gt 54 F 12 COMPRESSOR or lt 35 F 2 C al STARTING RELAY Q LOWVOLTAGE X BEEN o RED BLACK AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN EVAPORATOR FAN FREEZER EVAPORATOR FAN REF GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 iwa YELLOWEROWN M 7 H RED BH 1 j i n MAIN E i J CONTROL 9 BLACKWHITE FL THERMISTER BOARD SROWN METER qup N FREEZER evar LT Ne BROWN THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET TTA THERMISTER od REF EVAP THERMISTER REF CABINET rome a ACCENT LIGHTING BLUEPURPLE E LED me da WHITEIPURPLE KEYPAD Figure 3 41 Signal Trace Schematic Low DC Voltage Drawer Fan Operation 3 23 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fevs zerol Monitor and Control Refrigerator Fan Assisted Off Cycle Defrost Temperature signals from the refrigerator compartment and evaporator thermistor s ar
232. howroom Mode ti rn edes 3 13 Sabbath Mode u itt ts 3 14 Manual Zone Disable Mode 3 15 Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost 3 16 General Information Page Door Dispenser Control Input Operations 3 17 Changing Dispenser Lighting State 3 17 Dispensing Walter ecrire ee 3 17 Dispensing C errenta terere hen tna 3 17 Locking the Dispenser 3 18 Delayed Dispense Reset Mode 3 18 Functions of Electronic Control System 3 19 Supply Power to Lighting System 3 19 Control Condenser Fan Operation 3 20 Monitor Regulate amp Display Ref Temperatures 3 21 Additional Regulating of Ref Temperatures Variable Speed Evaporator Fans 3 22 Drawer FANS unies E RR ERRARE 3 23 Monitor amp Control Ref Fan Assist Off Cycle Defrost Minimize Condensation on Refrigerator Door Glass 3 25 Monitor Regulate amp Display Fre Temperatures 3 26 Additional Regulating of Fre Temperatures Variable Speed Evaporator Fan 3 27 Monitor amp Control Adaptive Defrost of Freezer 3 28 Monitor Water Flow Meter Regulate Fill amp Display when New Water Filter is Needed
233. hrough the side of the standoff secures the standoff to the stud To remove a stainless steel handle assembly See Figure 7 13 1 Use a 3 32 Allen wrench to loosen the set screw in each handle standoff 2 Pull handle assembly off of the threaded studs 7 7 Figure 7 11 Screw Cover Removal Figure 7 12 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Handle Standoff Handle Mount Screw Threaded Stud Set Screw Handle Figure 7 13 Cut away View of SS Handle Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Top Door Hinge Assembly The top hinge assembly is secured to the unit with bolts that pass down through the cabinet hinge plate into threaded inserts Screws passing down through the door hinge secure the hinge assembly to the door NOTE A special tool package is available to assist in removing a top hinge assembly This tool package is provided with replacement hinge and door assemblies If needed order part 7011097 The directions below were written to be used with this tool package To remove a top hinge assembly the grille assembly and top cabinet trim must first be removed If applica ble remove the water filter cartridge from above the hinge assembly and if the unit has a glass door pull the heater flex cable out of the cable retainer at the side of the hinge
234. ide of ribbon cable is up when connecting to dispenser control panel b Take care not to pinch or kink ribbon cable when reassembling Glasswell Bezel Removal Procedure 1 Remove the dispenser control panel first then lift out the glasswell grille to access the bottom screws 2 Extracting the bezel mounting screws from each corner then pull the bezel forward See Figure 2 21 RIVETS RIBBON CABLE Figure 2 19 Dispenser Control Figure 2 20 Dispenser Control Figure 2 21 Glasswell Bezel Panel Removal Extract rivets Panel Removal Disconnect Removal Ribbon Cable 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 14 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Anchoring the Unit After the unit has been installed and leveled it is rec ommended that it be anchored to the surrounding cabi netry This will assure a secure installation IMPORTANT NOTE Be sure the unit is level before anchoring it to the surrounding cabinetry Anchoring Procedure 1 Open the grille then install anchor screws through the grille frame clearance holes and the grill frame support brackets into the cabinetry See Figure 2 22 There are several hole locations provided 2 Atthe unit roller base assemblies locate the anchoring holes one in each assembly Install anchor screws keeping in mind that they will need to be driven in at an angle See Figure 2 23 Installation Information I ANCHOR g thor 017 9 9 O
235. iffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 211 1 Pull thermistor from clamp 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Lower Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is positioned over the evapo rator and held in place with screws passing through it into standoff screw grommets that are fastened to the compartment back wall To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover and the crisper spacer then See Figure 7 212 1 Disconnect crisper fan electrical leads from left side of lower duct assembly 2 Extract lower duct mounting screws 3 Lean top of duct forward and remove all panel mount electrical connections from duct then remove duct from the unit 7 85 z pd Air Purifier Pocket Assembly y E Figure 7 210 Air Purifier Pocket Removal E Compartment Thermistor c MN XM Figure 7 211 Compartment Thermistor Removal Lower Duct Assembly Figure 7 212 Lower Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsees ss4 Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor The refrigerator evaporator therm
236. ighting states at the dispenser assembly All Lights ON blue keys and white glasswell Key Lights ON only All Lights OFF Press the LIGHT key in multiple key strokes until the desired lighting state is achieved See Figure 3 30 Figure 3 30 Choose Light State Press LIGHT Key in Multiple Strokes NOTE During water or ice dispensing all lights will illuminate until dis pensing is complete then lights will return to their previous state Dispensing Water To operate the water dispenser set a glass on the grille of the glass well then press and hold the WATER key until the desired amount of water is received See Figure 3 31 waren NOTE Before the water dispenser is used for the first time or after servicing the water dispensing system the water reservoir tank water lines and plumbing connection must be purged of air by pressing the Figure 3 31 Dispense Water Press WATER key for approximately three 3 minutes This will clear any air and Hold WATER Key from the system along with any foreign materials that may be present in the plumbing connection Dispensing Ice The ice dispenser in these models uses a delay or metering feature to limit the amount of ice dispensed each time the ICE key is pressed in approximately two 2 second intervals oo To dispense ice set a glass on the grille of the glasswell then press and hold the ICE key for approximately
237. igure 3 90 Initiate Self Test While in Diagnostic Mode Press either set of COLDER and WARMER Keys the POWER Key LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J 5 L 0 J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 91 When Self Test Mode Ends Initiate Fault Code Recall Mode Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key Example Shown 15 L 01 Main Lights Relay Stuck Closed No Voltage to Lights 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 46 Esue zeeed Built In s Series Sealed System Information SECTION 4 SEALED SYSTEM INFORMATION Sealed System Information Built In BI Series Feve zerod HFC 134a REFRIGERANT SERVICE INFORMATION The sealed system in the Built In Series contain HFC 134a refrigerant This section of the manual provides general rules for working with 134a and procedures to be followed while servicing the sealed system This is followed by diagrams illustrating sealed system operation then model specific refrigerant flow diagrams A CAUTION e 134a refrigerant requires Synthetic Ester oil the compressor and does not tolerate contamination from other refrigerants moisture petroleum based lubricants silicone lubricants cleaning compounds rust inhibitors leak detection dyes or any other type of additive If servicing the sealed system do not leave it nor any replacement components open to the atmos phere for more than ten 10 minutes as the Synthe
238. igure 7 157 Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly Fan Bracket Clip Screwdriver AN Figure 7 158 Fan Motor Removal 7 63 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee zs4 Air Purifier Pocket Assembly The air purifier pocket assembly consisting of the air us purifier cartridge holder a fan assembly and a trans e former is located behind the top evaporator cover and is secured to the compartment back wall with screws Air Purifier Pocket i Assembly To remove the air purifier pocket assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 159 1 Disconnect fan motor wire leads and transformer x gt wire leads from wire harness T 2 Extract air purifier pocket assembly mounting s screws and remove assembly from unit e Refrigerator Compartment Thermistor The refrigerator compartment thermistor is inserted into a thermistor clamp behind the upper duct assembly Compartment Thermistor To remove the compartment thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 160 1 Pull thermistor from clamp 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment L
239. im No Handle Panel Grille Standard BI 36F S Built In Series 36 Wide All Freezer Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Door Stainless Steel Grille Standard MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 30U F Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 30U O Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard BI 30U S Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard Model BI 30U MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 30UG F Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 30UA F Same as above with High Altitude Glass BI 30UG O Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Overlay Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard BI 30UA O Same as above with High Altitude Glass BI 30UG S Built In Series 30 Wide Over Under Glass Refrigerator Door Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard BI 30UA S Same as above with High Altitude Gl
240. im from the door See Figure 7 10 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 6 Grille Bracket Grille Bracket Figure 7 8 Grille Assembly Removal A p MSS SCREEN COVER ANDES TRI Figure 7 9 Screw Cover Removal 4 MSN RO Y Figure 7 10 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Framed Overlay Freezer Drawer Handle Handle Side Trim The drawer handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the top of the drawer with screws These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the draw er then 1 Atthe back right hand side of the top drawer trim insert a flat blade screwdriver into the notch in the screw cover and pry the cover away form the draw er disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 11 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle or top trim mounting screws and pull the handle or trim from the drawer See Figure 7 12 Stainless Steel Door Drawer Handle Assembly A screw inserted through the stainless steel handle standoffs into the handle secures the handle to the standoffs The standoffs are then slides over threaded studs that are attached to the door shell A socket head set screw inserted t
241. imilar device then pull rivets out 2 Pull panel down and disconnect communication cable NOTE When reassembling make sure the blue side of the communication cable is up when connecting it to the dispenser control panel and take care not to pinch or kink the cable Dispenser Bezel To remove the bezel the control panel must be removed first then See Figure 7 260 1 Lift out glasswell grille to access bottom screws 2 Extract all four bezel mounting screws one at each corner then pull bezel forward Extract plastic rivets Figure 7 258 Dispenser Control Panel Removal Disconnect ribbon cable 7 105 Figure 7 260 Bezel Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee zs4 Glasswell Liner Sump Ed xtrac plastic The glasswell liner sets into a groove in the sump These two components are then installed as an assem bly with the top of the liner fitting up into a groove at the bottom of the dispenser assembly and two plastic rivets hold the liner to the dispenser assembly To remove the glasswell liner sump assembly the con trol panel and bezel must be removed first then See Figures 7 261 and 7 262 1 Extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or similar device then pull rivets out 2 Detach ground wire from glasswell liner at top right
242. irst lift open the front of the grille assembly and remove the water filter car tridge then See Figure 7 177 Manifold 1 Use T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit to extract the mani fold mounting screws Inlet Tube 2 Pull the manifold forward and disconnect the water tubes by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the manifold while pulling the tubes away from the manifold D itch Figure 7 177 Water Filter Manifold Removal The door switches are located at the top rear of the top cabinet frame with their actuators protruding through holes in the front of the frame A series of tabs and pegs hold the door switches in place To remove a door switch first open the grill then See Figure 7 178 1 Disconnect the switch electrical leads using a nee dle nose pliers to pull the electrical lead housings away from the switch 2 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to pry the front retaining tab at each side of the switch back while lifting that side of the switch up Repeat this step on each side of the switch 3 Pull switch back and lift off of the top cabinet frame Retaining Tab Figure 7 178 Door Switch Removal 7 73 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Top Cabinet Trim The top cabinet trim sits below the grille assembly Screws pass through open ended slots in the trim to secure it to the top cabinet frame
243. is accompa nied by an audible beep When the desired set point is reached and the keys are no longer being pressed the set point will flash ON and OFF at two 2 second intervals for ten 10 seconds then the current zone temperature will be displayed NOTES During initial pull down the real time compartment temperatures will be displayed then once set point tempera tures are achieved the temperature shown in the LCD can change by no more than one 1 degree per minute The temperature range in a freezer zone is 5 F 20 C to 5 F 15 C The temperature range in a refrigerator zone is 34 F 1 C to 45 F 7 C Initial factory set points are 0 F 18 C in a freezer zone and 38 F 3 C in a refrigerator zone The initial stroke of the WARMER or COLDER key will change the previous set point by one degree Freezer Set Point Temperature Display Refrigerator Set Point Temperature Display LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J f J B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 7 Adjusting Set Point Press Desired WARMER or COLDER Key In Multiple Key Strokes Ice Maker System ON OFF All units are shipped with the ice maker system switched OFF By pressing the ICE MAKER key on the control panel power is allowed to the ice maker system and the single ice cube icon appears in the LCD See Figure 3 8 To switch the ice maker system OFF press the ICE MAKER ke
244. isper cover hinge side drawer slides and the crisper light cover Then extract the crisper spacer mounting screws and pull the spacer assembly from the wall See Figure 7 281 Air Purifier Cartridge The air purification system is located behind a door on the upper refrigerator duct assembly To remove the air purifier cartridge See Figure 7 282 1 Pull bottom edge of door forward and up until it locks in the up position 2 Grab top of inside flap and pull it forward and down this will cause the cartridge to pop out of the sock et 3 Lift cartridge up from socket Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the refrigerated compartment is held in place by invert ed T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the light diffuser See Figure 7 283 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs 2 Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the inverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily 7 113 Crisper Spacer Assembly uod Figure 7 281 Crisper Spacer Assembly Removal Air Pu
245. ist repeat step 1 above When installing replacement filter drier insert capil lary tube until it touches screen inside drier then pull capillary tube away from screen approximately 3 8 before brazing See Figure 7 241 Filter drier outlet must be facing downward in order to function properly Figure 7 241 Capillary Tube Insertion Note 7 97 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Compressor Compressors are secured to the unit tray with three shoulder screws that pass down through rubber grom mets in the compressor base and into holes in unit tray A metal tab formed into the unit tray passes up through the fourth rubber grommet and the compressor base NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 33S BI 42S BI 48S Sealed System Components before continuing The compressor at the front is the freezer compres sor at the rear is the refrigerator compressor After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 242 1 Disconnect wire leads from compressor electricals 2 Using a tube cutter cut suction and discharge tubes approximately 1 from compressor stubs NOTE Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system 3 Extract compressor mounting shoulder screws then lift compressor off of unit tray NOTE After replacing the compressor take care
246. istor is inserted six to ten inches into the opening below the third elbow on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover crisper spacer and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 213 Evaporator C cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass c e C Thermistor 1 Pull thermistor from evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 c inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from companen Figure 7 213 Evaporator Thermistor 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 86 Esuezee1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Freezer Interior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 214 Adjustable Door Shelves Removal and adjustment of the door shelves is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the
247. it below 40 F 4 C Replace if necessary Defrost Bi metal stuck closed Verify the bi metal is closed above 70 F 21 C Replace if necessary Mis wired Bi metal Normal temps during defrost but inappropriate response from bi metal Check wiring and bi metal mounting Mis wired Bi metal High temps during defrost and inappropriate response from bi metal Check wiring and bi metal mounting Defrost Heater Error Check heater ohms Replace heater if necessary Defrost Heater Open Verify wiring and heater Check heater ohms Replace heater if necessary Ice accessories open circuit Check wiring for fill tube heater and mullion chute heater if equipped No signal from icemaker for fill Check wiring and power to ice maker Icemaker open circuit Check power and wiring to icemaker Water valve not opened but water observed passing through Dispenser auger open Check wiring and power to auger motor Check auger ohms Check communications cable to dispenser Chute motor timed out Chute motor failed to reach open or closed position Verify motor and chute are moving freely and not jammed or blocked Replace dispenser assembly if necessary Water valve open Check wiring and power to water valve Check solenoid ohms Dispenser water valve open Check wiring and power to water valve Check solenoid ohms Condenser fan open Check wiring and power to condenser fan Check fan ohms This code is currently inactive Please
248. it to normal operation COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER Figure 3 26 To Disable a Zone Switch Unit OFF First by Pressing the POWER Key F LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER N Indicates Cooling Functions for Zone Have Been Disabled Figure 3 27 Then Press and Desired Zone WARMER Key along with the POWER Key 3 15 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fevs zercy Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost was incorporated into the electronic control to assist a customer that may inad vertently leave the freezer door ajar causing a heavily frosted evaporator and may also be utilized by a Service Technician for servicing and diagnostics To initiate manual freezer evaporator defrost the unit must be ON then press and hold the ICE MAKER key for five 5 seconds at this time the freezer evaporator temperature will be displayed at left in the LCD with the refrigerator evaporator temperature displayed at right for five 5 seconds See Figure 3 28 then compartment temperatures will be displayed See Figure 3 29 NOTES Though the refrigerator evaporator temperature is also shown when manual defrost is initiated only the freezer evaporator is affected
249. itting for con nection to the household water supply line The com pression nut and sleeve should be placed on the water line and fastened to the connection at the end of the tubing under the unit Do not over tighten Check all water line fittings for leaks Make sure that the drain pan can be installed and or removed without any water line interference IMPORTANT NOTE The water line should be purged prior to final connection to the unit This will remove any debris that may be present in the tubing from installing the new water line IMPORTANT NOTE If a reverse osmosis system used it is recommended that the water filter be bypassed as mentioned earlier is this section IMPORTANT NOTE The customer should be made aware that the ice maker will not produce ice immedi ately and that the first few batches of ice produced should be discarded allowing twenty four 24 hours for proper ice production IMPORTANT NOTE Caution must be taken to not expose the water lines leading to the refrigerator to freezing temperatures Failure to do so could cause damage to the product and home Installation Information Water Filter Bypass Plug A water filter bypass plug part 7005018 to bypass the water filtration system is available from a Sub Zero dealer or parts distributor Bypass Plug Installation Procedure 1 Remove the water filter cartridge by first pushing it in toward the manifold to disengage it from the manifold spring catc
250. l plate then drill 3 8 diameter holes into the con crete a minimum of 1 2 13 mm deep Then use the 12 X 2 1 2 PH Pan HD Zinc Screws and 12 Flat Washers to secure the brackets to the wall and use the 3 8 16 X 3 3 4 Wedge Anchors to secure the brackets to the floor NOTES Make sure screws penetrate wall stud or wall plate a minimum of 3 4 19 mm If 112 X 2 1 2 screws do not hit a wall stud or the wall plate in any of the brackets back holes use the 8 18 X 1 1 4 PH Truss HD Screws and 12 Flat Washers with the Nylon Zip It Wall Anchors 2 7 Installation Information Finished Floor Underlayment Wall Plate With 3 4 19 mm Door Panels Sub Flooring Figure 2 6 E Finished Floor Wall Plate Underlayment With 3 4 19 mm Door Panels Sub Flooring CONCRETE FLOOR 1 2 MIN 13 mm MIN Figure 2 7 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Electrical Requirements A 115 V AC 60 Hz 15 amp circuit breaker and electri cal supply are required A separate circuit servicing only this appliance is required All Sub Zero Built In models are equipped with a power supply cord with a 3 prong grounding plug which must be plugged into a mating 3 prong grounding type wall receptacle Follow the National Electrical Code and local codes and ordinances when installing the recepta
251. l simply switch the unit OFF Temperature Units Selection Mode will end ten 10 seconds after the last key stroke or the ALARM key can be pressed to exit this mode before the ten 10 seconds has elapsed Indicates Celsius Units of Measure c c LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER J B 3 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 5 seconds Figure 3 13 Converting Temperature Units of Measure to C within first minute after switching unit ON Press and Hold ALARM Key and POWER Key for 5 Seconds Indicates Fahrenheit Units of Measure LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 1 B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Press and hold for 5 seconds Figure 3 14 Converting Temperature Units of Measure to F within first minute after switching unit ON Press and Hold ALARM Key and POWER Key for 5 Seconds 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 10 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Contrast Adjust Mode Adjusting the LCD Contrast Level The contrast level of the LCD can be manually adjusted to one of five levels through Contrast Adjust mode NOTE Contrast Adjust Mode can be initiated anytime after the first 1 minute of switching the unit ON To adjust the LCD contrast level anytime after the first minute of switching the unit ON press and hold either set o
252. lained later The ice maker system is disabled whenever the water filter or water filter plug is removed LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER LJ 5 pe 1 B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Maximize Ice Production Feature Activated Figure 3 9 Maximize Ice Production Feature ON or OFF Press MAX ICE Key Multiple Ice Cubes Appear when Activated Door Ajar Alarm Feature ON OFF BI Series units are equipped with a door ajar alarm feature To enable the door ajar alarm press the ALARM key on the control panel and the bell icon will appear in the LCD indicating the alarm is enabled See Figure 3 10 With the alarm enabled the bell icon will flash and an audible alarm will chime at two 2 second intervals whenever a door is left open for more then thirty 30 seconds To disable the door ajar alarm press the ALARM key again and the bell icon disappears from the LCD LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 0 f a 1 B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Alarm Feature is ON Figure 3 10 Switching Door Alarm ON OFF Press ALARM Key Bell Appears when Activated 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 8 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Air Purification Feature ON OFF An air purification feature has been incorporated into these appliances to remove bacteria and ethylene gas by p
253. lastic material and is held in place at the the back of the compartment with diffuser retainers that are attached to the middle duct assembly To remove the light diffuser the top freezer basket must be removed first then squeeze the diffuser at the mid dle so that its edges disengage from the diffuser retain ers and pull the diffuser from the compartment See Figures 7 306 To remove the light bulb turn it counterclockwise See Figure 7 306 7 121 Ice Bucket Stop Bracket E 290 NO Support Support Ice Bucket Assembly D Freezer Basket Assembly Locking Tab Figure 7 305 Freezer Basket Assembly Removal SSS eee Light Diffuser Figure 7 306 Lower Light Diffuser Bulb Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Freezer Basket Slide The basket slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls On the hinge side there are bas ket slide spacers between the slides and the wall To remove a basket slide first remove the basket assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall See Figure 7 307 amp e Middle Freezer Duct Assembly The middle duct assembly is secured to the compart Bastel
254. let and outlet stubs are at the rear of the condenser After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 122 1 Remove nuts from threaded studs at the front and rear of condenser then lift condenser slightly to clear threaded studs and pull condenser forward 2 Using a tube cutter cut condenser inlet and outlet tubes approximately 1 from condenser stubs then remove condenser fully from unit tray NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After replacing the condenser take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Rubber Grommets 4 Compressor Electrical Assembly Capacitor amp Clip Screws 3 Figure 7 121 Compressor Removal Inlet and Outlet are at back of Condenser Figure 7 122 Condenser Removal 7 49 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Freezer Evaporator The freezer evaporator is attached to the rear wall of the compartment with screws behind the compartment r duct assemblies See Duct Assembly removal proce dures earlier in this section NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing an evaporator To remove the evaporator first capture the refrigerant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 123 Freezer Evaporator 1 Remove defrost heater defro
255. losure assembly first remove the ice bucket assembly then See Figure 7 314 1 Extract screws that pass up through each corner of light panel into enclosure 2 Lower light panel assembly down disconnect light socket wiring then pull light panel assembly out of compartment 3 Pull compartment thermistor from tube clamp locat ed up on inner right wall of enclosure 4 Lift enclosure up off of screw spacers and out of compartment Freezer Compartment Thermistor The compartment thermistor is located up on the inner right wall of the dispenser light enclosure To remove the compartment thermistor first remove the dispenser light enclosure assembly then cut the ther mistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall and pull the thermistor from the compartment See Figure 7 315 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Evaporator Thermistor 4 x SS 4 CEN Figure 7 314 Dispenser Light Enclosure Assembly Thermistor T Ka Figure 7 315 Compartment Thermistor 7 124 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Upper Freezer Duct Assembly The upper freezer duct assembly is secured to each side wall with screws at the bottom and two screws at the top that pass through the duct into stand offs To remove the upper duc
256. lt In Series evs zeroy Top Door Hinge Assembly Top hinge assemblies are secured to the unit with bolts that pass down through the cabinet hinge plates into threaded inserts Screws passing down through the door hinges secure the hinge assemblies to the doors NOTE A special tool package is available to assist in removing a top hinge assembly This tool package is provided with replacement hinge and door assemblies If needed order part 7011097 The directions below were written to be used with this tool package To remove a top hinge assembly the grille assembly and top cabinet trim must first be removed If applica ble remove the water filter cartridge from above the N hingeassembly then Figure 7 184 Top Door Hinge Screw Removal 1 With the door open use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit Setscrew Installation and Spacer Installation to extract the top door hinge mounting screw near est to the hinge pivot point See Figure 7 184 2 Use a 1 8 Allen wrench or bit to replace the screw just removed with the 1 4 20X1 2 setscrew includ ed in the tool package inserting the setscrew down until its top is flush with the top surface of the door hinge See Figure 7 184 NOTE If the setscrew is not inserted far enough it will damage the hinge plate when closing the door if it is inserted too far it will not hold the door hinge in the correct position when closing the door 3 Extract th
257. ly NOTE Before attempting to remove the water filter utie TUDE manifold switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the filter manifold first lift open the front of the grille assembly and remove the water filter car tridge then See Figure 7 81 1 Use a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit to extract the mani Inlet Tube fold mounting screws 2 Pull the manifold forward and disconnect the water tubes by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the manifold while pulling the tubes away from the manifold Manifold Figure 7 81 Water Filter Manifold Removal 7 33 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Esus zenod Door Switch The door switch is located at the top rear of the top cabinet frame with the switch s actuator protruding through a hole in the front of the frame A series of tabs and pegs hold the door switch in place To remove a door switch first open the grill then See Figure 7 82 1 Disconnect the switch electrical leads using a nee dle nose pliers to pull the electrical lead housings away from the switch 2 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to pry the front retaining tab at each side of the switch back while lifting that side of the switch up Repeat this step on each side of the switch 3 Pull switch back and lift off of the top cabinet frame Top Cabinet Trim The top cabinet trim sits below the grille assembly Sc
258. mbly out of the compartment Lower Light Bulb To remove the lower light bulb first remove the middle freezer basket assembly then reach behind the lower light shield and turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 98 7 39 Component Access Removal Figure 7 96 Freezer Glass Shelf Removal D Freezer Basket Assembly Figure 7 98 Lower Light Bulb Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Icemaker Assembly The icemaker assembly is attached to the left side of the middle duct assembly with screws To remove ice maker first remove the fixed glass shelf assembly and the upper freezer basket assembly then See Figure 7 99 1 Use a small flat blade screwdriver to pry latches of male electrical connector from tabs of female con nector then disconnect icemaker electrical leads 2 Extract icemaker mounting screws two at top one at bottom then pull icemaker assembly from com partment Freezer Basket Slide The basket slides are secured with screws to the com partment side walls To remove a basket slide first remove the basket assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall See Figure 7 100 Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top
259. mbly from compartment Shelf Ladder Shelf ladders are held to the freezer side walls with Screws To remove a shelf ladder first remove all cantilever shelves upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 226 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder from side wall Freezer Compartment Thermistor Removal The freezer compartment thermistor is mounted to the left side wall of the freezer compartment next to the ice bin To remove the freezer compartment thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 227 1 Extract thermistor from mounting clamp 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment 7 91 Figure 7 226 Shelf Ladder Removal Compartment Thermistor Figure 7 227 Freezer Compartment Thermistor 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Middle Freezer Duct Assembly The middle duct assembly is secured to the compart ment back wall and top of the lower duct assembly with screws To remove the middle duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and icemaker then See Figure 7 228 1 Remove compartment thermistor from left side wall of compartment then push thermis
260. mistor from compartment NOTE When replacing the thermistor be sure to attach Figure 7 234 Freezer Evaporator Thermistor the new thermistor to the same return elbow that the defective thermistor was removed from At this writing the thermistor is attached to the third elbow from the top in the front row of elbows on the left side 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 94 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Compressor Area Mechanical Components NOTE For water filter and filter manifold see Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components earlier in this section Main Control Board Screws hold the main control board inside a control housing that sits on a slide support bracket at the left side of the compressor area To remove the main control board assembly the control grille and compressor shroud will need to be removed first then See Figure 7 235 1 Grab front of control housing and pull it toward front of unit off of the support bracket 2 Disconnect wire leads from wire harness at right side of housing 3 Disconnect communication cables from right side of control 4 Attop of control housing lift the cover latches off of tabs along top of housing case then separate the cover from the case 5 Disconnect all wire leads from control board 6 Extract control board mounting screws and lift board out of case Condenser Fan Shr
261. mp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 MULLION CHUTE HEATER GLASS WELL HEATER 12 VDC Heater 1 Watts Heater 2 Watts Heater 1 Amps Heater 2 Amps Heater 1 Ohms Heater 2 Ohms Technical Data 5 0 oz 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 75 psi to 110 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi 75 psi to 120 psi 0 8 0 8 215 1215 1 1 1 1 610 610 Fan Assisted Off Cycle Defrost Evap gt 38 F before Compressor ON Adaptive Defrost Intervals and duration varies Followed by 5 min compressor 30000 33000 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 15 0 13 790 970 2 1 0 17 0 09 64 80 129 159 Technical Data Built In Series Fevc zeroy 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 14 Esue zeed Built In Series Wiring Diagrams Schematics SECTION 10 WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series SUB ZERO P N 7000632 REV E WIRING DIAGRAM HIGH VOLTAGE MODELS BI 30U BIO36U WATER FILTER sw RED LACK MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITE WHITE PURPLE WHITE GRAY 7005333 Revision B March 2009 TAN WHITI ORANGE GRAY wei e BLUE PINK WHITE GREENYELLOW TAN BROWN BLACK YELLOW WHITEJBLUE YELLOW ORANGE WHITE ORANGE ORANGE UPPER REFRI
262. mp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 30000 33000 7005333 Revision B March 2009 9 8 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Technical Data Model BI 36UG CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 71 1 Original Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 30000 33000 DOOR HEATER 12 VDC 5 0 4 25 32 9 9 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Technical Data Built In Series Fevc zercy Model 425 REFRIGERATOR FREEZER CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 5 0 oz 6 0 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Compressor Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 41 1 Original Compr
263. n ment back wall and top of the lower duct assembly with Screws To remove the middle duct assembly first remove the Figure 7 307 Freezer Basket Slide Removal freezer baskets and lower light diffuser then See Figure 7 308 1 Extract middle duct assembly mounting screws 2 Pull duct assembly forward until light fixture wiring is accessible then unplug lower light wires and pull duct assembly from compartment Lower Freezer Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is secured with screws pass ing through the duct into stand offs located at the bot tom corners of the evaporator cover To remove the lower freezer duct assembly first remove the freezer baskets lower light diffuser basket slides and middle duct assembly then extract the screws from the bottom corners of the lower duct assembly and pull the assembly from the compartment See Figure 7 309 Middle Duct Assembly Removal Screws Figure 7 309 Lower Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 122 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Evaporator Fan Motor The freezer evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the brac ing over the back
264. n lift the front of the drawer up slightly off of the drawer slide while continuing to pull the assembly out of the com partment See Figure 7 143 NOTE If the door is limited to a 90 degree opening removing the non adjustable door shelves will assist in this task Figure 7 142 Crisper Shelf Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 143 Refrigerator Drawer Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 58 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Glass Crisper Cover Assembly The glass crisper cover assembly is located between the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer and is held in place by crisper cover supports attached to each side wall To remove the glass crisper cover assembly first remove the deli drawer and the top crisper drawer then See Figure 7 144 1 Grasp the assembly at the front edge toward each side 2 Liftthe front of the assembly upward and pull it for ward to release it from the support retaining clips Crisper Cover Support The crisper cover supports are secured with screws to the compartment side wall and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a crisper cover support the glass crisper cover must be removed first then extract the support mounting screws and pull the support from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 145 Refrigerator Drawer Slide The draw
265. n replacing the heat exchanger it is recommend ed to attach it at the evaporator end first then feed the heat exchanger through hole up to compressor area 2 6 7 71 Cut Evaporator Figure 7 172 Refrigerator Heat Exchanger Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Models BI 36S BI 42S BI 48S Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Kickplate To remove a kickplate extract the screws from the left and right corners of the kickplate then pull the kickplate forward See Figure 7 173 Drain Pan The drain pan slides in from the front of unit on two side brackets A locating feature was built into the drain pan in the form of detentes at the bottom front that drop into notches at the front of the side brackets To remove the drain pan See Figure 7 174 1 Remove kickplate 2 Push front of drain pan up slightly then pull for ward Water Valve Assembly The water valve is located to the right of the drain pan and is attached to the valve bracket with screws NOTE Before attempting to remove the water valve assembly switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the water valve assembly first remove the kickplate then See Figure 7 175 1 With a valve assembly mounting screws and pull valve forward 2 Disconnect AC and DC electrical leads NOTE It may be necessary to cut a c
266. n the compressor base and into holes in unit tray A metal tab formed into the unit tray passes up through the fourth rubber grommet and the compressor base NOTE See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 36R Sealed System Components before continuing After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 169 1 Disconnect wire leads from compressor electricals 2 Using a tube cutter cut suction and discharge tubes approximately 1 from compressor stubs NOTE Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system 3 Extract compressor mounting shoulder screws then lift compressor off of unit tray NOTE After replacing the compressor take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Condenser Holes in the front and rear bottom flanges of the con denser fit over threaded studs in the unit tray then a nut is applied to each threaded stud to hold the con denser in place NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 36R Sealed System Components before continuing The condenser inlet and outlet stubs are at the rear of the condenser After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 170 1 Remove nuts from threaded studs at the front and rear of condenser then lift condenser slightly to clear threaded studs and pull condenser forward 2 Using a tube cutter cut condense
267. ndenser fan operation Replace control board if fault is active Key shorted or damaged on Control Panel Verify key performance Replace Control Panel 12V Fan power output fault Verify constant 12V DC to evaporator and drawer fans Replace control board if fault is active DC Fan output faults Verify proper evaporator and drawer fan operation 8 9 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides CODE 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 95 95 98 5 44 80 85 95 96 97 99 80 38 38 80 38 80 82 83 84 38 38 25 25 c Built In BI Series Fevs zerol Fault Code Troubleshooting Table SERVICE ICON STATE TEST ACTION Glass door heater output fault Check wiring and power to heater Replace control board if fault is active No keypad communications Check wiring and key performance of Control Panel User display failure Replace Control Panel Key shorted or damaged on Control Panel Verify key performance Replace Control Panel Key shorted or damaged on Control Panel Verify key performance Replace Control Panel Control Panel microcontroller problem Verify key performance Replace Control Panel Control Panel error Verify key performance Replace Control Panel No communications with door dispenser Check proper model configuration Check wiring to
268. ne at bottom then pull icemaker assembly from com partment 7 125 A fd fs Screws Upper Duct Assembly Figure 7 316 Upper Freezer Duct Assembly Auger Motor Assembly I Screws 4 Icemaker Assembly N Screws 4 Figure 7 318 Icemaker Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Icemaker Fill Tube Heater Removal MM Fill Tube To Remove the fill tube heater first remove all can tilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assem bly and icemaker then unplug the heater and remove it from the compartment See Figure 7 319 Figure 7 319 Fill Tube Heater Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 126 Esuezeed Built In Series Component Access Removal Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Compressor Area Mechanical Components NOTE For water filter and filter manifold see Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components earlier in this section Main Control Board Screws hold the main control board inside a control housing that sits on a slide support bracket at the left side of the compressor area To remove the main control board assembly the control grille and compress
269. nel Assembly Removal viewed from behind Screws Plastic Rivets Figure 7 206 Upper Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Shelf Ladder Shelf ladders are held to the side walls with screws To remove a shelf ladder first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 207 1 Extract shelf ladder mounting screws 2 Pull shelf ladder from side wall Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly The evaporator fan shroud is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove the evaporator fan shroud assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 208 1 Disconnect evaporator fan electrical leads 2 Extract screws securing fan shroud to compartment ceiling and pull assembly from the compartment Evaporator Fan Motor The evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the bracing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser upper duct assembly and evaporator fan assembly then See Figure 7 209 1 Pull fan
270. ning Specifications 36 All Refrigerator and All Freezer Models asn den m ANTI TIP BRACKET MUST NOT TOPVIEW l 4 je INTERFERE WITH WATERLINE 13 FEFERTO INSTALLATION WATERLINE INSIFUCTIONSFORCOMPLETE DETAILS ee 610 w INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS EXTEND WATERLINEAPPFOX DEPTH FRAMED OVERLAY All Refrigerator All Freezer Models 36 018 FROM MER E Framed Overlay non flush inset and Stainless Steel Es A 7 BI 36R 35 1 2 902 LOCATE 178 HK 24 610 NE L e n OPENING gt SUDED APES i Model BI 36RG 35 1 2 902 A 2 Model BI 36F 35 1 2 902 OPENINGWDTH 833 4 751 2 Dimensions for finished rough openings 2127 1918 pois Models BI 36R and BI 36RG will not require the water line connection LOCATEWATERSUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 6 457 152 Y Y SIDEVIEN TOPVEN INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INTERFERE WITH WATERLINE All Refrigerator All Freezer Models FEFERTO INSTALLATION Flush Inset Applicati INSTFUCTIONSFORCOMPLETE 24 610 263 16 Inset Application DETAILS OPENING 665 ASSUMES 3 4 19 PANEL DEPTH FLUSHINSET THICKNESS appucATION WITH SHUTOFF DEFTH A B EXTEND WATERLINE APPROX 4 19 PANEL VALVE 36 914
271. non adjustable door shelf has hooks at the back sides of its endcaps that fit into notches in the door liner To remove the non Adjustable door shelf lift it up slightly then pull it from the notches in the door liner to install it push in and down See Figure 7 140 Metal Channels Figure 7 138 Door Gasket Removal Figure 7 140 Non Adjustable Door Shelf 7 57 7005333 Revision March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a refrigerator cantilever shelf assembly See Figure 7 141 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders Crisper Glass Shelf The crisper glass shelf rests upon shelf standoffs that are mounted to the refrigerator side walls To remove the crisper glass shelf See Figure 7 142 1 Lift shelf straight up off of the standoffs 2 Pull shelf forward out of compartment Deli Drawer and or Crisper Drawer Assembly To remove a deli drawer assembly or crisper drawer assembly open the drawer until it stops the
272. ns at varying speeds depending on the temperature detected in the corresponding zone or the temperature of a specific component 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 2 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM OVERVIEW Figure 3 1 is the wiring schematic for the model BI 36UG showing the components of the electronic control system Manual input operations are performed at the Control Panel Assembly Keypad Monitoring regulating and controlling functions take place at the Main Control Board Temperatures icons and function diagnostic codes are displayed in the LCD part of Keypad The entire electronic control system is described in greater detail on the following pages NOTE For more detailed electrical diagrams refer to the wiring diagram and schematic supplied with the appliance
273. nt thermistor reports a temperature greater than ambient plus thirty 30 degrees or if an evaporator thermistor reports a temperature greater than ambient plus twenty 20 degrees For demonstration purposes the water filter icon can be forced ON during Showroom Mode by pressing the ICE MAKER key for five 5 seconds To switch it OFF press the filter reset button behind the unit grille for five 5 seconds Units with glass refrigerator doors contain a glass door heater which is disabled while in Showroom mode Always check set points after returning unit to normal operation m LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 21 To Enter or Exit Showroom Mode Switch Unit OFF First LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER 5 h r COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 22 Then Press and Hold Either Pair of WARMER and COLDER Keys Then the POWER Key Sh and r appear for 5 Seconds LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER F 1 B COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 23 Set points Appear in LCD 5 seconds after Showroom Mode is Initiated 3 13 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Vse sz Sabbath Mode Sabbath Mode was incorporated into the electronic control system for the
274. nverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The upper lighting assembly is located behind the light diffuser at the top of the compartment To remove the light bulb first remove the light diffuser then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 218 The light bracket assembly is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser then See Figure 7 218 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Ice Bin Assembly A flange at the back of the ice bin assembly hooks over the top edge of the ice bin carrier assembly bracket To remove the ice bin assembly See Figure 7 219 1 Pull ice bin open until it stops 2 Lift bin up off of bracket then pull bin forward and out of freezer compartment NOTE To reinstall ice bin pull ice bin carrier assembly bracket all the way forward before attempting to hook flange at back of ice bin over top edge of carrier assem bly bracket 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Diffuser Brackets Figure 7 217 Upper Light Diffuser Removal Light Bracket se MS Figure 7 218 Freezer Light Assembly Ice Bin Carrier Ass
275. o allows a Service Technician to verify that the control board was configured correctly and or to reconfigure the control board if configured incorrectly To initiate Model Configuration Mode the unit must be ON and in Diagnostic Mode See Figure 3 80 NOTE If Fault Codes have been logged the control will enter Fault Code Recall Mode instead of Diagnostic Mode If this happens press the ALARM key to shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode While in Diagnostic Mode press and hold the POWER key for ten 10 seconds until a model code appears in the LCD See Figure 81 and Model Code Table on following page Now toggle through the model codes by pressing a WARMER or COLDER key in multiple key strokes until the appropriate model code is displayed See Figures 3 82 and 3 83 With the appropriate model code displayed press the POWER key and and g appear indicating a question as to whether this is the desired model code to be programmed See Figure 3 84 If the code is correct press the POWER key again within five 5 seconds to store the model configuration See Figure 3 85 NOTES The second press of the POWER key must occur within five 5 seconds of the first f no keys are pressed within any thirty 30 seconds period after initiating Model Configuration Mode the mode will automatically be exited and the unit will revert back to the last model configured or to the default setting If the ALARM k
276. o the drain pan in the form of detentes at the bottom front that drop into notches at the front of the side brackets To remove the drain pan See Figure 7 126 1 Remove kickplate 2 Push front of drain pan up slightly then pull for ward 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Screw Figure 7 125 Kickplate Removal Figure 7 126 Drain Pan Removal 7 52 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Door Switch The door switch is located at the top rear of the top cabinet frame with the switch s actuator protruding through a hole in the front of the frame A series of tabs and pegs hold the door switch in place To remove a door switch first open the grill then See Figure 7 127 1 Disconnect the switch electrical leads using a nee dle nose pliers to pull the electrical lead housings away from the switch 2 Use small flat blade screwdriver to pry the front retaining tab at each side of the switch back while lifting that side of the switch up Repeat this step on each side of the switch 3 Pull switch back and lift off of the top cabinet frame Top Cabinet Trim The top cabinet trim sits below the grille assembly Screws pass through open ended slots in the trim to secure it to the top cabinet frame To remove the top cabinet trim first open the grill then See Figure 7 128 1 Use a T 15 6 lobe Torx type bit to l
277. oard to the rest of the unit See Figure 3 6 indicated by two audible beeps the lights energizing and temperature readings appearing in the LCD NOTES Whenever the unit is switched OFF using the POWER key the word OFF will be visible in the LCD as long as there is electricity supplied to the appliance Whenever the unit is switched ON using the POWER key the model code will appear in the LCD for approximate ly two 2 seconds then temperature readings will appear f the unit experiences any problems during the power up diagnostic test then the appropriate Fault Codes will be logged iN H WHEN IN OFF MODE AC LINE VOLTAGE IS STILL PRESENT AT CONTROL BOARD m LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER F F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 5 Power Supplied to Unit but Unit in OFF Mode LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 1g F is COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 6 Switching Unit ON or OFF Press POWER Key Actual Temperatures will be Displayed 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 6 Esue zeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Adjusting Set Point Temperature Adjustment To adjust set points press the appropriate WARMER or COLDER key on control panel in multiple key strokes until the desired set point is achieved See Figure 3 7 Each key stroke equals a one degree change and
278. observance of certain religious days When Sabbath Mode is initiated the lighting systems ice making system dispensing system if applicable alarm system and the air purification feature are disabled plus the letters SA and b will appear in the LCD To initiate Sabbath Mode the unit must first be switched OFF using the POWER key See Figure 3 24 Then press and hold the POWER key for ten 10 seconds at which time the alarm will chime and SA and b will appear in the LCD See Figure 3 25 To return to normal operation press the POWER key the lights will be energized accompanied by two beeps and current zone temperature will appear in the LCD NOTES Set points cannot be changed and manual defrost cannot be initiated The following holds true in accordance with Star K requirements Freezer defrosting functions will convert to a fixed time base sequence instead of adaptive defrosting which is usage based The compartment zone thermistors will still detect high off set which is the determining factor to start the cooling process but there will be a random fifteen 15 to twenty five 25 second delay before cooling begins The SA and b in the LCD remain energized when the door is closed When Sabbath Mode is exited the accent lights door alarm icemaker and air purification system will return to the ON or OFF state they were in prior to initiating Sabbath Mode COLDER WARMER PURE AIR A
279. of the freezer compartment is held in place by inverted T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the upper light diffuser assembly See Figure 7 101 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs 2 Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the inverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Assembly Electrical Connection Figure 7 99 Icemaker Assembly Removal Basket Slide Diffuser Brackets 7 40 Figure 7 101 Upper Light Diffuser Removal Esuezeed Built In Series Component Access Removal Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assemblies are located behind the light dif fuser at the top of the compartment To remove light bulbs first remove the light diffuser then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 102 Light bracket assemblies are secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser and light bulbs then See Figure 7 102 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assem
280. of the fan shroud fit into grommets in the condenser s rear bracket A hole in the bottom front flange of the condenser fan shroud fits down over a threaded stud and a nut is then applied onto the stud The front flange of the condenser fan shroud assembly is then secured to the front condenser bracket with screws To remove the condenser shroud assembly first remove the top cabinet trim top cabinet frame and compressor shroud then See Figure 7 164 1 Extract condenser shroud mounting screws at front of condenser 2 Extract nut from threaded stud at base of condens er fan shroud 3 Pull assembly forward slightly disconnect condens er fan electrical leads then pull the assembly from the compressor area 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Main Control Board Figure 7 163 Control Board Assembly Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Screw 7 66 Figure 7 164 Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Condenser Fan Motor The condenser fan is mounted to the condenser fan shroud with three fan mounting brackets that hook into grommets that are in the condenser fan shroud At the back of the motor screws pass through these brackets into the back of the fan motor The condenser fan blade is held onto the fan motor shaft with a nut To remove the condenser fan motor first pull the con denser fan shroud assembl
281. of the unit Retaining Tab Figure 7 6 Door Switch Removal Top Cabinet Trim Figure 7 7 Top Cabinet Trim Removal 7 5 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Grille Assembly The grille assembly is attached at the top of the unit with screws passing through the grille s side frames into grille brackets To remove a grille assembly See Figure 7 8 1 Lift open the front of the grille assembly to access the mounting screws 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the two front grille mounting screws then loosen but do not remove the two rear mounting screws 3 pull the grille assembly forward off of the unit NOTE When reinstalling the grille assembly line up the notches at back of grille side frames with the rear mounting screws then push the grille assembly back Framed Overlay Refrigerator Door Handle Handle Side Trim The door handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the door with screws These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the door then 1 Atthe top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push the cover back disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 9 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle side trim mounting screws and pull the tr
282. ommunication H High Voltage System 81 Communications Time out L Lighting 82 Partial Communications r Refrigerator Evaporator 83 Bad Micro Communication U Water Systems 84 Micro Initialization 85 Display Failure 86 Too Slow NOTE These Columns are repeated from last page 87 No Flow 90 Framing Errors 92 Excessive Collisions 93 Data Overrun 95 FMEA Error 96 Calibration or Low Signal Error 97 Quantum SPI 98 Brownout 99 Other NOTE This Column is continued from last page NOTE After repairs clear Fault Codes by pressing the ALARM key for fifteen 15 seconds Failure to clear Fault Codes will result in the highest priority fault indicator reappearing on the LCD when the unit is switched back ON 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 4 Built In BI Series CODE 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 10 10 11 10 12 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 00 10 01 10 02 10 09 SERVICE ICON STATE ON ON Troubleshooting Guides Fault Code Troubleshooting Table TEST ACTION Refrigerator Cabinet Thermistor Open Check ohms and verify temperature readings Refrigerator Cabinet Thermistor Shorted Check ohms and verify temp readings Refrig Cabinet Thermistor Unstable Check for bad c
283. on flush inset and Stainless Steel Model BI 365 2 1 2 902 Model 425 41 1 2 1054 Model BI 425D 41 1 2 1054 Model BI 48S 47 1 2 1207 Model BI 48S 47 1 2 1207 Dimensions are for finished rough openings INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Side by Side Models D Flush Inset Application Model BI 36S 1 2 902 M 965 Model BI 42S 411 2 1054 44 1118 Model BI 425D 41 1 2 1054 44 1118 Model BI 48S 47 1 2 1207 50 1270 Model BI 48SD 47 1 2 1207 50 1270 Dimensions are for finished rough openings Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Built In Series Fevs zerot Anti Tip Bracket Installation A WARNING THE UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD UNDER CERTAIN LOAD CONDITIONS FAILURE TO INSTALL BOTH ANTI TIP BRACKETS AND EXTEND LEVELERS TO FLOOR ACCORDING TO INSTALLATION MANUAL COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH IMPORTANT NOTE Placement of the two anti tip brackets is critical They must be installed exactly 24 610 mm from the front of the rough opening to the back of the brack ets and a minimum of 4 102 mm from the sides of the rough opening This depth will increase to 26 3 16 665 mm for a flush inset installation based on 3 4 19 mm thick decorative panels Failure to properly position the anti tip brackets will prevent them from engaging the unit should it tip forwa
284. on related complaints could include but are not limited to Unit leveling unit movement door misalignment improper door and drawer sealing internal frost or condensation exterior condensation warm compartment temperatures etc The Built In line offers the following design alternatives framed overlay and stainless steel models The overlay design has two possible installation applications standard overlay and flush inset Each of these design options has specific installation requirements which means it is vital that the unit match the planning and space needs NOTE f additional installation information is needed refer to the complete Installation Guide or contact Sub Zero Service Department Tools and Materials Required The following is a list of tools and materials that will assist in a proper installation Phillips screwdriver set Slotted screwdriver set 6 Lobe Torx type drive screwdriver set 4 1 2 m of 1 4 copper tubing and saddle e valve for the water line part 4200880 do not use self piercing valves Copper tubing cutter Level 2 6 m and 4 1 2 m recommended Appliance Dolly able to support 700 Ibs 317 kg and adequate manpower to handle the weight of the unit Various sized pliers Wrench set Allen wrench set 5 16 hex bolt nut driver Crescent wrenches Cordless drill and assorted drill bits Masonite plywood 1 8 pressed fiberboard cardboard or other suitable
285. on that the defective terminator was removed from 7 123 Heater Electrical Connection Heater Clips 4 Figure 7 311 Defrost Heater Removal Electrical Connection Defrost Terminator OY _ Figure 7 312 Defrost Terminator Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Freezer Evaporator Thermistor The freezer evaporator thermistor is secured with a cable tie to an evaporator return bend on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove the freezer baskets lower light diffuser basket slides mid dle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 313 1 Cut cable tie securing thermistor to evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment NOTE When replacing the thermistor be sure to attach the new thermistor to the same return elbow that the defective thermistor was removed from At this writing the thermistor is attached to the third elbow from the top in the front row of elbows on the left side Dispenser Light Enclosure Assembly The dispenser light enclosure assembly is located below the ice bucket assembly resting on screw spac ers that are attached to the side walls To remove the dispenser light enc
286. onents Then if a relay or triac fails to function properly or if incorrect feedback is received the appropriate fault codes will be logged To initiate Self Test Mode the unit must be ON and in Diagnostic Mode See Figure 3 89 NOTE If Fault Codes have been logged the control will enter Fault Code Recall Mode instead of Diagnostic Mode If this happens press the ALARM key to shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode Then while in Diagnostic mode press and hold either set of COLDER and WARMER keys then the POWER key then release all three keys See Figures 3 90 Self Test Mode will last approximately five 5 seconds during which tE St will be displayed in the LCD At the end of the self test the current compartment temperature readings will appear in the LCD When Self Test Mode does end it will be necessary to initiate Fault Code Recall Mode in order to view any fault codes that may have been logged during the self test See Figure 3 91 FA tye eae m LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER J COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 89 Initiate Diagnostic Mode First Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key E SU Self Test Mode is Active FESC LIGHTS ICE MAKER ICE COLDER WARMER r F ep a 5 r CMM COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER v F
287. onnections damaged wires Freezer Cabinet Thermistor Open Check ohms and verify temperature readings Freezer Cabinet Thermistor Shorted Check ohms and verify temperature readings Freezer Cabinet Thermistor Unstable Check for bad connections damaged wires This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore Ambient Thermistor on Control Board is open Ambient Thermistor on Control Board is shorted Ambient Thermistor on Control Board is unstable This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore This code is currently inactive Please Ignore Freezer Evaporator Thermistor Open Check Ohms and verify temperature Readings Freezer Evaporator Thermistor Shorted Check Ohms and verify temp Readings Freezer Evaporator Thermistor Unstable Check for bad connections damaged wires Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor Open Check Ohms and verify temp Readings Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor Shorted Check Ohms and verify temp Readings Refrig Evaporator Thermistor Unstable Check for bad connections damaged wires Refrig Evaporator thermistor read higher than cabinet thermistor by at least ten 10 degrees Error may indicate problem with thermistor or
288. oosen but not remove the trim mounting screws 2 Pull the trim forward off of the unit Grille Assembly The grille assembly is attached at the top of the unit with screws passing through the grille s side frames into grille brackets To remove a grille assembly See Figure 7 129 1 Lift open the front of the grille assembly to access the mounting screws 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the two front grille mounting screws then loosen but do not remove the two rear mounting screws 3 pull the grille assembly forward off of the unit NOTE When reinstalling the grille assembly line up the notches at back of grille side frames with the rear mounting screws then push the grille assembly back 7 53 Retaining Tab Figure 7 127 Door Switch Removal Top Cabinet Trim Figure 7 128 Top Cabinet Trim Removal Grille Bracket Figure 7 129 Grille Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In BI Series Framed Overlay Refrigerator Door Handle Handle Side Trim The door handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the door with screws These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the door then 1 Atthe top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push th
289. or drawer panel IMPORTANT NOTE The weight of a door or drawer panel cannot exceed 50 Ibs 23 kg IMPORTANT NOTE Depending on the thickness of a wood panel used on a framed application it may be neces sary to router a recessed area into the panel for proper finger clearance under the door handle Optional extended handles are also available that offer an additional 3 4 19 mm of clearance under the handle Door Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Procedure 1 At the top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push the cover away form the handle or handle side trim disengaging the screw cover from the clips See Figures 2 15A and 2 15B 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle or handle side trim mounting screws and pull the handle or trim from the door See Figures 2 16A and 2 16B SCREEN COVER COVER WRRDLE SDE TRY Figure 2 15A Screw Cover Removal Figure 2 15B Screw Cover Removal with Handle with Handle Side Trim KS e SN ZA S Figure 2 16A Handle Removal Figure 2 16B Handle Side Trim Removal ANDE WANDLE SBE TRY 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 12 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Installation Information Drawer Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Procedure
290. or shroud will need to be removed first then See Figure 7 320 1 Grab front of control housing and pull it toward front of unit off of the support bracket 2 Disconnect wire leads from wire harness at right side of housing 3 Disconnect communication cables from right side of control 4 Attop of control housing lift the cover latches off of tabs along top of housing case then separate the cover from the case 5 Disconnect all wire leads from control board 6 Extract control board mounting screws and lift board out of case Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Tabs at the back of the condenser fan shroud fit into grommets in the condenser s rear bracket A hole in the bottom front flange of the condenser fan shroud fits down over a threaded stud and a nut is then applied onto the stud The front flange of the condenser fan shroud assembly is then secured to the front condenser bracket with screws To remove the condenser shroud assembly first remove the top cabinet trim top cabinet frame and compressor shroud then See Figure 7 321 1 Extract condenser shroud mounting screws at front of condenser 2 Extract nut from threaded stud at base of condens er fan shroud 3 Pull assembly forward slightly disconnect condens er fan electrical leads 4 Disconnect filter reset switch electrical leads then pull the assembly from the compressor area 7 127 Main Control Board Figure 7 320 Control Board
291. ored if specific components experienced or detected problems This data can be displayed in a code format in the LCD in this mode with the data storage device capable of storing up to fifty 50 fault codes If more then fifty 50 fault codes are detected each new fault code will bump the oldest fault code NOTE As mentioned on the preceding page The key strokes to initiate Fault Code Recall Mode and Diagnostic Mode are the same If the electronic control has not recorded any Fault Codes then the key strokes listed below will initiate Diagnostic Mode which was explained on a preceding page To initiate Fault Code Recall Mode the unit must be ON then press and hold either COLDER key and press the POWER key then release both keys See Figure 3 67 If any Fault Codes were logged they will be displayed in the LCD at this time To see if multiple Fault Codes are stored press a WARMER or COLDER key to toggle through the codes See Figure Figure 3 68 and the Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation Diagram on following pages NOTE Do not press and hold the COLDER and POWER keys for more than ten 10 seconds as this will initiate Manual Zone Component Activation Mode which is covered later in the section Fault Code Recall Mode will end ten 10 seconds after the last key stroke To clear fault codes the problem must be corrected then press the ALARM key for fifteen 15 seconds Failure to do this will cause the Service icon to display stead
292. ors See Figures 3 52 amp 3 53 and restart the appropriate timer the instructions must be followed then press the appropriate key or reset button as described For thermistor faults described below See Figures 3 54 amp 3 55 Thermistors can be tested by submersing them in a glass of ice water 32 F 0 C for approximately five 5 minutes then checking for 30 000 to 33 000 ohms To clear fault indicators and Fault Codes See Figures 3 54 to 3 59 the problem must be corrected then press the ALARM key for fifteen 15 seconds See Figure 3 60 Failure to clear Fault Codes will result in the highest priority fault indicator reappearing in the LCD when the unit is switched back ON If a customer needs to suspend a Major Fault Code for twenty four 24 hours while waiting for a Service Technician they could press and hold ALARM then POWER keys simultaneously for less than 5 seconds Doing this as apposed to clearing the Fault Cold as described above would maintain all Fault Code history data for the Service Technician ART LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 0 S B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 52 Pure Air Icon Flashing Air Purifier Components need to be Replaced After Replacing Filter Cartridge Press PURE AIR Key for 5 Seconds to Reset Timer LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER D F 4 J B F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 53
293. ors on the condenser so EE will appear at left of the Cn See Figure 3 66 The ambient thermistor is part of the control board It is not a separate component ZF py i LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER 5 h be amp COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Parl m Figure 3 63 If Initiating Diagnostic Mode and SH and r appears in LCD unit is in Show Room Mode FA ko dh LIGHTS ICE MAKER ICE COLDER WARMER a f COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER lt TN Figure 3 64 If EE appears at Left in LCD During Diagnostic Mode That Thermistor or its wiring is faulty Cl ZES LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER t e i ES COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 65 Currently no Thermistor in Drawer Area so EE will Appear to the Left of the dr qm ry d LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER 5 49 5 COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER amp L Na Figure 3 66 Currently no Thermistor on Condenser so EE will Appear to the Left of the Cn 3 35 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Vse sz Fault Code Recall Mode Fault Code Recall Mode allows a Service Technician to view historical data that the electronic control system may have st
294. oser track then close the door See Figure 7 88 NOTE This spacer will keep the door closer mech anism at the proper spacing to facilitate hinge assembly removal and reinstallation With the door closed use a socket wrench with an extension and a socket to extract the cabinet hinge mounting bolts See Figure 7 89 Extract the outermost door hinge mounting screw See Figure 7 89 Lift the hinge assembly up off of the top of the unit allowing the door to shift toward the handle side and come to rest against the main frame See Figure 7 90 NOTE It may be necessary to use a flat blade screwdriver to pry the post at the end of the door closer arm up out of the hole in the top of the door assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Figure 7 88 Top Door Hinge Screw Removal Setscrew Installation and Spacer Installation Figure 7 89 Cabinet Hinge Bolt Removal and Door Hinge Screw Removal Hinge Assy 7 36 Figure 7 90 Top Door Hinge Assy Removal Esuezeed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Door Assembly The door assembly is secured to the top and bottom door hinges with screws The post of the bottom door hinge fits down into a bearing in the bottom cabinet hinge assembly s door adjuster To remove a door assembly the top hinge assembly must be removed first Then with one hand at each side of the door open the door forty five to ninety
295. oud Assembly Tabs at the back of the condenser fan shroud fit into grommets in the condenser s rear bracket A hole in the bottom front flange of the condenser fan shroud fits down over a threaded stud and a nut is then applied onto the stud The front flange of the condenser fan shroud assembly is then secured to the front condenser bracket with screws To remove the condenser shroud assembly first remove the top cabinet trim top cabinet frame and compressor shroud then See Figure 7 236 1 Extract condenser shroud mounting screws at front of condenser 2 Extract nut from threaded stud at base of condens er fan shroud 3 Pull assembly forward slightly disconnect condens er fan electrical leads 4 Disconnect filter reset switch electrical leads then pull the assembly from the compressor area Main Control Board Figure 7 235 Control Board Assembly Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Figure 7 236 Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Condenser Fan Motor The condenser fan is mounted to the condenser fan shroud with three fan mounting brackets that hook into grommets that are in the condenser fan shroud At the back of the motor screws pass through these brackets into the back of the fan motor The condenser fan blade is held onto the fan motor shaft with a nut To remove the condenser
296. ove evaporator from compartment NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 2 above 7 131 Cut Here Refrigerator Evaporator Cut Here z Freezer Evaporator RS NN Figure 7 330 Freezer Evaporator Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee zs4 Refrigerator or Freezer Heat Exchanger The refrigerator and freezer heat exchangers passes through the ceiling of their respective compartments NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing a heat exchanger To remove a heat exchanger first capture the refriger ant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 331 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment 4 With a tin snips or similar tool cut heat exchanger in compartment as close as possible to ceiling where heat exchanger passes through 5 Use a tube cutter to cut drier from condens
297. ove the icemaker assembly first remove the drawer front assembly lower freezer basket and upper freezer basket then See Figure 7 54 Icemaker e f 029199 Assembly 1 Extract screw at bottom left of icemaker d 7 2 Extract screws at top of icemaker AN 3 Pull icemaker forward and disconnect electrical leads fr Freezer Duct Assembly Figure 7 54 Icemaker Removal The freezer duct assembly is positioned over the evap orator and held in place with screws passing through it into standoff screw grommets that are fastened to the compartment back wall NOTE The icemaker does not need to be removed in e order to remove the evaporator cover but because of E E the icemaker s location removing it may make access m ing the top left duct mounting screw easier To remove the freezer duct assembly first remove the SENS drawer front assembly upper freezer basket and lower freezer basket Then extract the duct mounting screws Freezer Duct Assembly and pull the duct out of the freezer See Figure 7 55 Screws Compartment Thermistor SS SS The freezer compartment thermistor is secured to the ce r ceiling of the freezer compartment with a screw and D 6 eee wire clamp Figure 7 55 Freezer Duct Assembly Removal To remove the freezer compartment thermistor firs
298. ower Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is positioned over the evapo rator and held in place with screws passing through it into standoff screw grommets that are fastened to the Figure 7 160 Compartment Thermistor Removal compartment back wall To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover and the crisper spacer then See Figure 7 161 Lower Duct 1 Disconnect crisper fan electrical leads from left side Assembly of lower duct assembly 2 Extract lower duct mounting screws 3 Lean top of duct forward and remove all panel mount electrical connections from duct then remove duct from the unit Figure 7 161 Lower Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 64 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor The refrigerator evaporator thermistor is inserted six to ten inches into the opening below the third elbow on the left side of the evaporator C To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass c le shelf upper duct assembly assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover crispe
299. ponents Door Gasket A dart at the back of the door gasket fits into metal channels attached to the inside perimeter of the door To remove a door gasket starting at one corner pull the gasket dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 298 Adjustable Door Shelves Removal and adjustment of the door shelves is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 299 Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a freezer cantilever wire shelf assembly See Figure 7 300 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders 7 119 Metal Channels Figure 7 298 Door Gasket Removal ls Figure 7 300 Cantilever Shelf Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Upper Light Diffuser Assembly Diff ssr Brackets The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the freezer compartment is held in pla
300. r Broken disconnected communication Check communication wiring between control wire between control board amp control board and control panel Reconnect repair con panel nections Replace control panel if defective Defective or disconnected dispenser Press ICE and WATER keys on dispenser assembly or defective main control board assembly 1 If dispenser cylinder valve does not open and water and ice do not dispense check wiring connections between dispenser and main control board repair bad connections if good replace dispenser assembly 2 If dispenser cylinder valve does not open but water or ice do dispense replace dis penser assembly 3 If dispenser cylinder valve opens but water or ice do not dispense replace main control boars 8 13 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Troubleshooting Guides Built In BI Series Esus zencd SEALED SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS TABLES NORMAL OPERATING NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES PRESSURES TABLE NOTES Only enter the sealed system Mode Low Sie High Side Code Troubleshooting Guide Guide could not pinpoint the lem Always use solder on process Refrigerator valves when entering the sealed system Do NOT use Freezer bolt on process valves as they Whenever servicing the sealed MUST be replaced Pressures listed below are not Refrigerator indicative of initial pull down and properly functioning appli Pressures listed are for refer readings may vary becaus
301. r compressor is energized and circulating this air around the drawers See Figure 3 33 However if the compart ment thermistor detects temperatures above 54 F 12 or below 35 F 2 C no power will be supplied to the drawer fans And if the refrig erator door is opened while the HIGH VOLTAGE ul usvors emn T drawer fans are operating the waren LER 60 CYCLES microprocessor will detect the power signal to the lights and RED interrupt the power to the fans 5 3 41 0000000 mere wam n IM soir NOTE M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR f the refrigerator set point is d Q em 34 F 1 C the drawer fan imi S js 596 motors will never switch ON m dB dd a um vt During Sabbath Mode the Pa gerne lighting system is disabled is suf N iat and 12V DC will be supplied ME 0 me to the drawer fans whenever m ins the compressor is energized MAIN CO cens regardless of light switch ori H entation so the drawer fans z m 2330020000 FILL TUBE HEATER may be observed running j mur w
302. r inlet and outlet tubes approximately 1 from condenser stubs then remove condenser fully from unit tray NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After replacing the condenser take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Rubber Grommets 4 Compressor Electrical Assembly Capacitor amp Clip Screws 3 Figure 7 121 Compressor Removal Inlet and Outlet are at back of Condenser Figure 7 122 Condenser Removal 7 69 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Refrigerator Evaporator The evaporator is attached to the rear wall of the com partment with screws behind the compartment duct assemblies See Duct Assembly removal procedures earlier in this section NOTES Tphe high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing an evaporator To remove the evaporator first capture the refrigerant J Evaporator from the sealed system then See Figure 7 171 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove e
303. r spacer and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 162 Evaporator Thermistor 1 Pull thermistor from evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 c inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Figure 7 162 Evaporator Thermistor 7 65 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series V ee ss4 Models BI 36R Compressor Area Mechanical Components Main Control Board Screws hold the main control board inside a control housing that sits on a slide support bracket at the left side of the compressor area To remove the main control board assembly the control grille and compressor shroud will need to be removed first then See Figure 7 163 1 Grab front of control housing and pull it toward front of unit off of the support bracket Disconnect wire leads from wire harness at right side of housing Disconnect communication cables from right side of control At top of control housing lift the cover latches off of tabs along top of housing case then separate the cover from the case Disconnect all wire leads from control board Extract control board mounting screws and lift board out of case 2 D Condenser Fan Shroud Assembly Tabs at the back
304. ral Troubleshooting Guide 8 12 Sealed System Diagnostic Tables 8 14 Normal Operating Pressures Table 8 14 Pressure Indications Table 8 15 Temperature Pressure Table 8 15 Section 9 Technical Data Tables 9 1 Model BI 30U gun ette d n Ite tete 9 2 Model BIE30UG ce trita ir tete genu 9 3 Model BISSGF 9 4 Model BI 36R d n 9 5 Model BIS36I8 G2 baa a ra ae uha 9 6 Model 365 uuu ua us oi evene EE 9 7 Model BI 36U siet te eret eoe preteen yp qaqa 9 8 Model BI 86UG 2 yama au q Sa ehe ts 9 9 Model BI 428 idee ins oria Boon 9 10 Model BI 42SD diit deu VD 9 11 Model BI 48S nnrir 9 12 Von EI VALDE 9 13 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In Series 4 Page Section 10 Wiring Diagrams amp Schematics 10 1 Models BI 30U BI 36U 10 2 High Voltage Diagram seen 10 2 Low Voltage Dtagtairi s oio icit etienne 10 3 Control Board Detail Summary Table 10 4 Wire SCHEMAUCS e be listen 10 5 Model BI 36F sse nnne nnn nnn areae 10 6 High Voltage Diagram sss 10 6 LOW Voltage itn ater contestan
305. rd Standard Installation Procedure The two anti tip brackets must be located 24 610 mm back from front of rough opening and a minimum of 4 102 mm from sides of rough opening This will ensure that ant tip brackets properly engage anti tip bar at back of unit NOTE Both brackets MUST be used Wood Floor Applications See Figure 2 4 After properly locating anti tip brackets in rough opening drill pilot holes 3 16 diameter maximum Then use the 12 X 2 1 2 PH Pan HD Zinc Screws and 12 Flat Washers to secure the brackets in place NOTES Make sure screws penetrate flooring material and wall stud or wall plate a minimum of 3 4 19 mm f 1812 X 2 1 2 screws do not hit a wall stud or the wall plate in any of the brackets back holes use the 8 18 X 1 1 4 PH Truss HD Screws and 12 Flat Washers with the Nylon Zip It Wall Anchors Concrete Floor Applications See Figure 2 5 After properly locating anti tip brackets in rough opening drill pilot holes 3 16 diameter maximum in the wall studs and or wall plate then drill 3 8 diameter holes into the con crete a minimum of 1 2 13 mm deep Then use the 12 X 2 1 2 PH Pan HD Zinc Screws and 12 Flat Washers to secure the brackets to the wall and use the 3 8 16 X 3 3 4 Wedge Anchors to secure the brackets to the floor NOTES Make sure screws penetrate wall stud or wall plate a minimum of 3 4 19 mm f 1112 X 2 1 2 screws do not hit a wall s
306. rews pass through open ended slots in the trim to secure it to the top cabinet frame To remove the top cabinet trim first open the grill then See Figure 7 83 1 Use a T 15 6 lobe Torx type bit to loosen but not remove the trim mounting screws 2 Pull the trim forward off of the unit Grille Assembly The grille assembly is attached at the top of the unit with screws passing through the grille s side frames into grille brackets To remove a grille assembly See Figure 7 84 1 Lift open the front of the grille assembly to access the mounting screws 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the two front grille mounting screws then loosen but do not remove the two rear mounting screws 3 pull the grille assembly forward off of the unit NOTE When reinstalling the grille assembly line up the notches at back of grille side frames with the rear mounting screws then push the grille assembly back 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Retaining Tab Figure 7 82 Door Switch Removal Top Cabinet Trim Grille Bracket Figure 7 84 Grille Assembly Removal 7 34 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Framed Overlay Door Handle Handle Side Trim The door handle on framed units and the handle side trim on overlay units is attached to the door with screws These screws are covered by a screw cover To remove a handle of handle side trim open the door
307. rifier Cartridge Figure 7 282 Air Purifier Cartridge Removal Diffuser Brackets Figure 7 283 Upper Light Diffuser Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Upper Light Bulb and Light Bracket Assembly The lighting assemblies are located behind the light dif fuser at the top of the compartment To remove light bulbs first remove the light diffuser then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it See Figure 7 284 Light bracket assemblies are secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the light diffuser and light bulbs then See Figure 7 284 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Control Panel Assembly a k a UIM User Interface Module The control panel assembly UIM is located at top front of the refrigerator compartment and is secured with tabs at each end fitting into slots in the display support To remove the control panel assembly first remove the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 285 1 At each end of control panel assembly reach behind the control panel and push the lower tabs upward while pulling the bottom edge away from the display support 2 Once the lower tabs are disengaged lower the assembly down and disconnect th
308. roducts of ripening fruits and vegetables The two main parts of this air purifier are a replaceable cartridge consist ing of a small light and a filter medium and a small low DC Voltage fan below the cartridge The fan drives the refrigerator compartment air through the cartridge over the light induced chemical filtering system which converts these harmful airborne food storage by products into water vapor and carbon dioxide Please note that this is not intended to be an air deodorizer but rather a devise that helps to preserve foods for longer storage life by remov ing these food storage by products To activate the air purification feature press the PURE AIR key and the Pure Air Icon appears in the LCD indicating the air purification feature has been activated See Figure 3 11 When activated the UV light in the filter cartridge and the fan motor under the cartridge are energized 100 of the time unless the refrigerator door is opened or the unit is in Showroom Mode After approximately eight thousand 8000 hours of use the Pure Air Icon will flash indicating it is time to change the air purifier cartridge To stop the Pure Air Icon from flashing and reset the timer after the cartridge is replaced the PURE AIR key must be pressed and held for five 5 seconds NOTES f the unit is in Sabbath Mode the air purifier fan will not switch OFF when the refrigerator door is opened Ifin Showroom Mode the air purifier will op
309. rtment side walls and the crisper spacer assembly To remove a drawer slide first remove the drawer assembly then extract the slide s mounting screws and pull the slide from the side wall or crisper spacer See Figure 7 277 7 111 Cover Support Figure 7 275 Crisper Cover Removal Cover Support Figure 7 276 Crisper Cover Support Removal Drawer Slide Figure 7 277 Drawer Slide Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Crisper Light Cover Assembly The crisper light cover assembly is secured to the lower refrigerator duct by its upper flange and end caps engaging two crisper light cover supports that are part of the lower duct assembly Light Cover To remove the lower light cover first remove the crisper glass shelf and deli drawer assembly then lift the light cover up at each end disengaging it from the supports See Figure 7 278 Lower Light Bulb The lower light assembly is located behind the crisper light cover Figure 7 278 Crisper Light Cover Removal To remove the lower light bulb first remove the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and ligh
310. run time Maximum defrost duration 30 minutes plus 5 minute dwell If the defrost sensing line to P18 6 is open defrost operation defaults to 25 minute defrost heater ON time 6 hour build time and the appropriate fault code is logged During defrost the displayed freezer temperature is locked HIGH VOLTAGE BLACK WHITE L1 115 VOLTS socycLes NEUTRAL WATER FILTER SW TANMHITE WATER VALVE TAN 1600 PINK IM wmm M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR RED WHITE IR FILTER LIGHT RED WHITE WHITE RED PINK TANMHITE TAN YELLOW ORANGE BLACK ORANGE u ORANGE BLACK TI ORANGE MAIN fy CONTROL BOARD WHITE BLUE 2300 2900 Q FILL TUBE HEATER WHITE BLUE WHITE 27 9 30 90 DEF HEATER DEFROST TERMINATOR REFRIGERATOR COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY FREEZER COMPRESSOR STARTING RELAY PURPLE Figure 3 46 Signal Trace Schematic Freezer Adaptive Defrost 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 28 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Electronic Control System Monitor Water Valve Flow Meter Regulate Water Fill Volume and Display when New Water Filter is Needed The microprocessor observes the volumetric flow through the water valves via a low DC voltage signal from the flow meter with every one revolution of the turbine inside the flow met
311. s Component Access Removal Evaporator Fan Motor The freezer evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the brac ing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove all cantilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assembly freezer baskets basket slides icemaker middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 231 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud Evaporator Defrost Heater The evaporator defrost heater is held in place at the bottom of the evaporator with defrost heater clips To remove the defrost heater first remove all cantilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assembly freezer baskets basket slides icemaker middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 232 1 Disconnect heater electrical leads 2 Using a small needle nose pliers detach heater clips by pulling end tab of clips away from evapora tor then remove heater from compartment Freezer Defrost Terminator The freezer defrost terminator is attached to the accu mulator outlet To remove the defrost terminator first remove all can tilever shelves upper light
312. s OFF Fre Compressor ON SF Zone Temp 8 F Displayed Actual temps will vary OFF Displayed All Lights OFF LS amp On Displayed Main Lights ON All else OFF AC amp Lt Displayed All Lights ON Press POWER to exit or let time out N FARE li E Alternate Evap Temp amp FE Zone Temp amp FC Display Fe Evap FAMON Gomp stays ON at 5 second intervals Actual temps will vary Cakl Ls 4 g Zone Temp amp Cd Displayed Actual temps will vary 5 Evap Temp amp Et Displayed Actual temps will vary 6 JS d Evap Temp amp dE Displayed Actual temps will vary 7 OFF Displayed All Lights OFF 8 L5 7 LS amp On Displayed All Lights ON EXIT p 3B Press POWER to exit or let time out TABLE NOTES The LCD will show Celsius temperatures during this mode if the appliance has been set to display Celsius units of measure 84 or 64 will appear in place of temperature if the thermistor is open or missing Which one appears depends on whether the appliance is set to display Fahrenheit or Celsius units of measure 3 45 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series Fseze cd Self Test Mode Initiating Self Test Mode forces the electronic control to cycle through all relays and triacs switching components ON and OFF and check for correct feedback information from various electrical comp
313. s and icons that appear at the LCD The code number indicators that may appear in the LCD when accessing Fault Code History during Fault and Sensor Recall Mode This coded data represents current and or historical problematic events that specific electronic components may have expe rienced Temperature readings observed at the LCD may be in Fahrenheit units of measure F or Celsius units of measure C A series of key strokes allows the temperature units of measure to be switched to display as either F or C The desired zone temperature established by pressing the COLDER or WARMER keys As the zone air temperature cycles up and down the high offset is the maximum zone temperature that the electronic control system will allow before calling for cooling As the zone air temperature cycles up and down the low offset is the minimum zone air temperature that the electronic control system will allow before interrupting cooling Also Referred to as a Temperature Sensor is a resistor with which resistance changes as the temperature around it changes For electronic control system purposes the microprocessor detects monitors and processes this resistance value in order to control the appliance s cooling functions as well as displays it as a temperature reading in the LCD A compressor designed to run at varying speeds depending on the temperature detect ed in the corresponding zone of the appliance A fan motor that is deigned to ru
314. s are details and notes about the warranties TWO FIVE amp TWELVE YEAR Warranty 2 year TOTAL PRODUCT parts and labor NOTE Stainless Steel doors panels grilles amp prod uct frames are covered by a 60 day parts amp labor warranty for cosmetic defects 5 Year SEALED SYSTEM parts and labor 6th 12th year LIMITED SEALED SYSTEM parts only ONE amp FIVE YEAR Non Residential Warranty Example Office Yacht etc 1 Year TOTAL PRODUCT parts and labor NOTE Stainless Steel doors panels grilles amp prod uct frames are covered by a 60 day parts amp labor warranty for cosmetic defects 5 Year SEALED SYSTEM parts and labor ONE amp FIVE YEAR Display Model Home Warranty Display units sold three years after date of manu facture 1 Year TOTAL PRODUCT parts and labor NOTE Stainless Steel doors panels grilles amp prod uct frames are covered by a 60 day parts amp labor warranty for cosmetic defects 5 Year SEALED SYSTEM parts and labor Model Number Serial Number General Information Warranty Details Includes but is not limited to the following Electronic Control System Components Fan amp Light Switches Fan Motors amp Blades Defrost Heaters Defrost Terminator Drain Pan Drain Tubes Wiring Light sockets amp bulbs Icemaker Water Valve Door hinges Door closers amp Cams Compressor Electricals etc NOTE Stainless Steel doors panels
315. s of its endcaps that fit into notches in the door liner To remove the non Adjustable door shelf lift it up slightly then pull it from the notches in the door liner to install it push in and down See Figure 7 271 7 109 Metal Channels Figure 7 269 Door Gasket Removal Figure 7 271 Non Adjustable Door Shelf 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a refrigerator cantilever shelf assembly See Figure 7 272 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders Crisper Glass Shelf The crisper glass shelf rests upon shelf standoffs that are mounted to the refrigerator side walls To remove the crisper glass shelf See Figure 7 273 1 Lift shelf straight up off of the standoffs 2 Pull shelf forward out of compartment Deli Drawer and or Crisper Drawer Assembly To remove a deli drawer assembly or crisper drawer assembly open the drawer until it stops then lift the front of the drawer up slightly off of
316. si to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 41 1 Original Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap amp Compartment Ohms at 32 F 0 C 30000 33000 30000 33000 9 7 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Technical Data Built In BI Series Vse sZ Model BI 36U REFRIGERATOR FREEZER CHARGE R 134a Refrigerant 5 0 oz 5 5 oz NOTE Amount may change always check serial tag on unit NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURES Low Side 0 12 psi to 30 42 psi 5 vac 1 psi to 6 15 psi High Side 75 psi to 110 psi 75 psi to 120 psi COMPRESSOR Original Service Compressor Amps 0 8 0 8 1 1 1 1 Original Service Compressor BTU s 215 215 610 610 DEFROST METHOD Fan Assisted Off Adaptive Defrost Cycle Defrost Intervals and duration Evap gt 38 F before varies Followed by 5 Compressor ON min compressor DEFROST TERMINATOR Cut In Temp Cut Out Temp DEFROST HEATER FILL TUBE HEATER 1830 2240 WATER VALVE Watts Amps Ohms Inductive THERMISTORS Evap a
317. side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove the freezer baskets lower light diffuser basket slides mid dle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 310 1 Pull fan blade from fan motor shaft 2 Using a flat bladed screwdriver pry fan bracket clips off of the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud Bracket Clip Evaporator Defrost Heater The evaporator defrost heater is held in place at the bottom of the evaporator with defrost heater clips To remove the defrost heater first remove the freezer baskets lower light diffuser basket slides middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 311 1 Disconnect heater electrical leads 2 Using a small needle nose pliers detach heater clips by pulling end tab of clips away from evapora tor then remove heater from compartment Freezer Defrost Terminator The freezer defrost terminator is attached to the accu mulator outlet To remove the defrost terminator first remove the freez er baskets lower light diffuser basket slides middle duct assembly and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 312 1 Extract the left wire cover mounting screws and pull wire cover from compartment 2 Disconnect terminator electrical leads 3 Pull terminator off of tubing NOTE When replacing the terminator be sure to attach the new terminator in the same locati
318. sing REAR ADJ USTING LEVELING LEG REAR ROLLER LEVELING ASSEMBLY Figure 2 11 Unit Leveling 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Built In BI Series Fevs zerol Door Adjustments The doors on the Built In Series side by side and single door models can be adjusted in three ways up and down side to side and in and out The doors on over under models can be adjusted in two ways side to side and in and out IMPORTANT NOTE Door adjustments should only be performed after the unit is installed and properly lev eled Door Height Adjustment Procedure Using a 1 4 allen wrench turn the bottom hinge adjuster bolt clockwise to raise the door and counter clockwise to lower the door See Figure 2 12 DOOR HINGE ADJ USTER BOLT Figure 2 12 Door Height Adjustment 2 10 eus zenof Built In BI Series Side to Side and In and Out Adjustment Procedure IMPORTANT NOTE Side to side and in and out adjustments only affect the top of the door The bottom hinge is stationary except for up and down adjust ments 1 Slightly loosen the two upper cabinet hinge mount ing bolts using a 1 2 wrench See Figure 2 13 2 For side to side adjustments use a 3 8 open end wrench to turn the bolt mounted left to right in the top hinge assembly in the appropriate direction See Figure 2 13 3 For in and out adjustments use a 5 32 allen wrench to turn the bol
319. slots in the display sup port To remove the control panel assembly first remove the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 36 1 At each end of control panel assembly reach behind the control panel and push the lower tabs upward while pulling the bottom edge away from the display support 2 Once the lower tabs are disengaged lower the assembly down and disconnect the electrical lead from the control panel assembly PC board Upper Duct Assembly The refrigerator upper duct assembly has notches at the bottom of each side flange that fit over locating pins on the shelf ladders screws at the top of the duct secure it to the back wall of the compartment at the bottom plastic rivets hold it tight to the top flange of the lower duct assembly To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf and the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 37 1 Atthe bottom of duct extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or similar device then pull rivets out 2 Extract screws from top of upper duct 3 Pull top of duct forward about 45 degrees from ver tical then lift the duct up off of shelf ladder pins Ground Clip Light Bracket Assembly Figure 7 35 Upper Light Assembly 1 Tx gt Rear View Lower Tab Slot in Display Support
320. ssembly is secured to the unit with bolts that pass down through the cabinet hinge plate into threaded inserts Screws passing down through the door hinge secure the hinge assembly to the door NOTE A special tool package is available to assist in removing a top hinge assembly This tool package is provided with replacement hinge and door assemblies If needed order part 7011097 The directions below were written to be used with this tool package To remove a top hinge assembly the grille assembly and top cabinet trim must be removed first If removing a right hand door remove the water filter cartridge at this time then 1 With the door open use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the top door hinge mounting screw near est to the hinge pivot point See Figure 7 88 Use a 1 8 Allen wrench or bit to replace the screw just removed with the 1 4 20X1 2 setscrew includ ed in the tool package inserting the setscrew down until its top is flush with the top surface of the door hinge See Figure 7 88 NOTE If the setscrew is not inserted far enough it will damage the hinge plate when closing the door if it is inserted too far it will not hold the door hinge in the correct position when closing the door Extract the inner door hinge mounting screws leav ing the outermost screw in place See Figure 7 88 insert the hinge spacer included in the special tool package between the door closer guide and the back of the door cl
321. st terminator and evaporator thermistor from evaporator 2 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 3 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or Figure 7 123 Freezer Evaporator Removal less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 4 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 2 above 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 50 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Heat Exchanger The freezer heat exchanger passes through the ceiling e of the compartment Cut Here NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing a heat exchanger To remove a heat exchanger first capture the refriger ant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 124 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet s
322. stance 6 5 SHUT OFF SWITCH WATER SOLENOID APPROXIMATE POSITION I OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER HOLDING SWITCH ICE BUCKET 1 LI Figure 6 6 First Revolution Continued 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Information Built In Series Fevs zercy 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER End of First Revolution See Figure 6 7 SOLENOID SWITCH The water valve solenoid switch is tripped by the NGI NO timing cam back to normally open WATER The timing cam trips the holding switch to normally SOLENOID C close which ends the first revolution but the ther mostat is still closed so the motor is again started HOLDING SWITCH The mold heater remains energized through the E thermostat s I b 74 APPROXIMATE POSITION l OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION ICE BUCKET Figure 6 7 End of First Revolution 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER Start of Second Revolution See Figure 6 8 SOLENOID SWITCH The water valve solenoid switch is tripped by the timing cam back to normally open NC NO WATER The timing cam trips the holding switch to normally SEEN close which ends the first revolution
323. t or replace part Back flush high side of sealed system refrigerant has escaped amp system is in vacuum replace compressor A Replace filter drier i Evacuate or sweep charge system Recharge system with Virgin 134a refrigerant Contaminated Sealed System Capture refrigerant Repair leak if at solder joint or replace part Back flush high side of sealed system Replace compressor Replace filter drier Replace heat exchanger if cap tube is clogged Install a low side drier on suction line Evacuate or sweep charge sealed system Recharge with Virgin 134a refrigerant Examples gt Burned out compressor gt Excessive moisture from leak in condensate loop or in low side Plugged capillary tube e oo o Restriction Capture refrigerant Locate and remove restriction or locate and replace part NOTE If restriction is due to Back flush high side of sealed system sealed system being contami A Replace filter drier nated see Contaminated Evacuate or sweep charge system Sealed System above Recharge system with Virgin 134a refrigerant Overcharge Capture refrigerant Replace filter drier Evacuate or sweep charge system Recharge system with Virgin 134a refrigerant 4 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Sealed System Information SEALED SYSTEM OPERATION The following six diagrams illustrate a basic sealed sys tem The components are listed in order of refrigerant flow with
324. t remove the drawer front assembly upper and lower baskets and the freezer duct assembly then See Figure 7 56 1 Loosen wire clamp mounting screw and pull ther mistor from clamp 2 Cut thermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Compartment Thermistor Figure 7 56 Compartment Thermistor Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 22 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly The freezer evaporator fan shroud is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling To remove the evaporator fan shroud assembly first remove the drawer front assembly upper freezer bas ket lower basket and freezer duct assembly then See Figure 7 57 1 Disconnect evaporator fan electrical leads 2 Extract screws securing fan shroud to compartment ceiling and pull assembly from the compartment Evaporator Fan Motor The freezer evaporator fan motor sits on top of the evaporator fan shroud bracing with its shaft passing through a hole in the brace the motor is then held in place by a fan bracket snapping together with the brac ing over the back side of the motor To remove the evaporator fan motor first remove the drawer front assembly upper freezer basket lower bas ket freezer duct assembly and evaporator fan assem bly then See Figure 7 58 1 Pull
325. t In BI Series Fs e ze o1 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES THERMOSTAT SOLENOID SWITCH TCO o SHUT OFF SWITCH MOLD HEATER NO NC NO MOTOR EXHI HOLDING SWITCH po I C C SZ WATER SOLENOID C APPROXIMATE POSITION l OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION Icemaker will Stop Arm DOWN Icemaker will Operate Figure 6 12 Stopping Icemaker Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Icemaker Information MANUALLY STARTING THE ICEMAKER NOTE To allow ice to freeze fully and reduce effects of low water pressure the electronic control disables the icemaker system for forty five 45 minutes after each ice harvest To bypass this 45 minute dwell for service purposes press the the ICE MAKER key at the con trol panel to switch the system OFF then again to switch it back ON Manual Start Procedure 1 Pry the icemaker front cover from the support using a flat blade screwdriver or coin 2 With a flat blade screwdriver turn the drive gear counterclockwise until the holding switch is activat ed completing the circuit to the drive motor this will be about a 1 8 turn See Figure 6 13 The icemaker will then complete its cycle automatically NOTE If after 1 4 turn the icemaker is not running on its own it may be in the 45 minute dwell period or there is an electrical or mechanical problem Turn Drive Gear Counterclockwise Figure 6 13 Manually S
326. t assembly first remove the ice bucket assembly cantilever shelves and dispenser light enclosure assembly then See Figure 7 316 1 From the underside extract screws securing duct assembly to side walls 2 Extract the screws from top of duct assembly 3 Pull bottom of duct assembly forward and push lighting wire harness through hole in duct assembly then pull duct assembly from the compartment Ice Auger Motor Assembly The ice auger motor assembly is mounted with screws to the back wall of the freezer compartment To remove the ice auger motor assembly first remove the ice bucket assembly cantilever shelves dispenser light enclosure assembly and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 317 1 Extract auger motor assembly mounting screws 2 Rotate ice auger motor assembly until wire leads are accessible then disconnect wire leads from motor terminals and remove ice auger motor assembly from unit Icemaker Assembly The icemaker is secured with screws to the icemaker mounting bracket on the upper back wall of the freezer compartment To remove the ice maker assembly first remove the ice bucket assembly cantilever shelves dispenser light enclosure assembly and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 318 1 Usea small flat blade screwdriver to pry latches of male electrical connector from tabs of female con nector then disconnect icemaker electrical leads 2 Extract icemaker mounting screws two at top o
327. t cover then turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it from the light socket See Figure 7 279 Light Bulb Crisper Fan Assembly A crisper fan assembly consist of a small fan motor and blade unit that is inserted into a notch in a small fan duct This assembly is attached to the lower refrigera tor duct by tabs at the side of the fan duct engaging the edges of the holes in the lower duct NOTE The model BI 36S has only one crisper fan assembly To remove a crisper fan assembly the crisper glass shelf deli drawer assembly and light cover must be removed first then See Figure 7 280 1 Disconnect fan motor electrical leads FOUTE CATS Power Bulk Removal 2 Pull the fan wires out from under the wire clamps 3 Squeeze the fan duct on both sides at the middle to disengage the tabs then pull the assembly from the lower duct assembly Fan Assemblies Figure 7 280 Crisper Fan Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 112 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Crisper Spacer Assembly The crisper spacer assembly which also holds the Consumer Use and Care Cards is attached to the hinge side wall with screws To remove the crisper spacer assembly first remove the crisper glass shelf the drawer assemblies the glass cr
328. t dart from the metal channels See Figure 7 20 Adjustable Door Shelves and Dairy Compartment Removal and adjustment of the upper door shelves and dairy compartment assembly is achieved by sliding the grooves in the shelving endcaps over the molded retaining ribs of the door liner Lift out and up to remove push in and down to install See Figure 7 21 Non adjustable Door Shelf The lower non adjustable door shelf has hooks at the back sides of its endcaps that fit into notches in the door liner To remove the non Adjustable door shelf lift it up slightly then pull it from the notches in the door liner to install it push in and down See Figure 7 22 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Metal Channels Gasket Figure 7 20 Door Gasket Removal Figure 7 22 Non Adjustable Door Shelf 7 10 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Cantilever Shelf Assembly To adjust and or remove a refrigerator cantilever shelf assembly See Figure 7 23 1 Lift front of shelf up slightly 2 Lift back of shelf up to disengage the shelf ladder hooks from the shelf ladders 3 Pull shelf forward and out of the shelf ladders Crisper Glass Shelf The crisp
329. t mounted front to back in the top hinge assembly in the appropriate direction See Figure 2 13 INAND OUT ADJUSTMET BOLT MOUNTING BOLTS pes TO RIGHT ADJUSTMET BOLT Figure 2 13 Door Adjustment Left to Right and In and Out Installation Information 90 Degree Door Stop The doors on all Built in Series units open to 110 degrees An optional 90 degree door stop kit is sup plied with the unit and is also available through a Sub Zero dealer or distributor The 90 degree door stop will be installed in the top hinge of the door Door Stop Installation Procedure 1 Open door to approximately 90 degrees 2 At top of door insert door stop cam down between door hinge and door closer arm as shown in Figure 2 14 3 Insert screw through door stop and into door as shown in Figure 2 14 77 Figure 2 14 90 Degree Door Stop 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Installation Information Built In BI Series Fevc zercy Door and Drawer Panels Regardless of the installation application it may be necessary to remove and or install a door or drawer panel To do this the handle or handle side trim will need to be removed first The handle or handle side trim is attached to the door or drawer with screws and these screws are concealed by a screw cover Follow the procedures below to access the mounting screws and remove a handle or handle side trim in order to remove and or install a door
330. tart Icemaker 6 9 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Information ICEMAKER FAULT TESTING Bypass 45 minute dwell by pressing ICE MAKER key to OFF then again to ON Now depress the freezer light switch and manually start icemaker by turning driver gear counter clock wise with screwdriver 1 Ificemaker starts amp finishes cycle NOTE If gt 15 F icemaker will only complete 1 revolu tion a Visually inspect electrical connections at icemaker amp valve Repair if necessary Check valve operation with test cord if doesn t open replace Check thermostat Open 48 F 6 Close 15 F 3 Replace icemaker if defective With icemaker in park position check solenoid switch terminals C amp NO for continuity With ejector between 8 00 amp 10 00 position check solenoid switch terminals C amp NC for continuity If no continuity for either terminal check replace icemaker b If icemaker starts but does not finish cycle a With icemaker in park position check holding switch ter minals C amp NC for continuity Then with icemaker ejector between 10 00 amp 12 00 check holding switch terminals C amp NO for continuity If no continuity for either terminal check replace icemaker Refer to enclosed wiring diagram b With icemaker in park position check shut off switch terminals C amp NO for continuity With ejector between 12 00 amp 2 00 check shut off switch terminals
331. tem Built In BI Series Vse sz UNIQUE ELECTRONIC CONTROL INPUT OPERATIONS The following pages illustrate unique customer input operations performed at the control panel The input operations described are Temperature Unit Selection Mode Contrast Adjust Mode Tone Adjust Mode Showroom Mode Sabbath Mode Manual Zone Disable and Manual Freezer Evaporator Defrost Temperature Units Selection Mode Selecting Degrees Fahrenheit or Degrees Celsius Display The appliance is initially set to display temperatures in Fahrenheit temperature units of measure indicated by the F at the upper right of the temperature readings in the LCD This can be changed so Celsius units of measure are dis played by initiating Temperature Units Selection Mode NOTE Temperature Units Selection Mode must be initiated within the first 1 minute after switching the unit ON To convert Fahrenheit F temperature units of measure to Celsius C within the first minute after switching the unit ON press and hold the ALARM key and the POWER key simultaneously for five 5 seconds then release the keys See Figure 3 13 a c will appear at the upper right of the temperature readings in the LCD indicating that temperatures will now be displayed in Celsius units of measure Please note that changing from Celsius tempera ture units of measure to Fahrenheit is the same procedure See Figure 3 14 NOTES Do not press and hold the POWER key first that wil
332. the ice ejector and ice level arm during the phase the schematic indicates eee Freeze Phase of Ice Making Cycle See Figure 6 2 HOLDING SWITCH The ice mold is filled with water T The thermostat is open No icemaker components are energized APPROXIMATE POSITION l OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION Figure 6 2 The Freeze Phase 6 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Icemaker Information Built In BI Series 53 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER Start of the First Revolution See Figure 6 3 SOLENOID SWITCH The water in the ice mold has turned to ice At 15 F 9 C 3 the thermostat closes NC INO The mold heater is energized through the thermo WATER stat SOLENOID C The drive motor is started through the thermostat and normally closed terminal of the holding switch The ice ejector begins to turn and the shut off arm begins to rise APPROXIMATE POSITION I OF ICE EJ ECTOR AND ICE LEVEL ARM DURING OPERATION Figure 6 3 Start of First Revolution 115 VOLTS 60 CYCLES SHUT OFF SWITCH THERMOSTAT MOLD HEATER SOLENOID SWITCH First Revolution Continued See Figure 6 4 NC NO The holding switch is tripped by the timing cam to normally open thus holding power to the motor WATER SOLENOID The mold heater remains energized throug
333. the tabs at each side of shroud bracing 3 Lift fan motor off of fan shroud 7 115 n Figure 7 287 Shelf Ladder Removal Fan Shroud Assembly Osee n Figure 7 288 Evaporator Fan Shroud Assembly Fan Bracket Clip Screwdriver gt Figure 7 289 Fan Motor Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Air Purifier Pocket Assembly The air purifier pocket assembly consisting of the air purifier cartridge holder a fan assembly and a trans former is located behind the top evaporator cover and is secured to the compartment back wall with screws To remove the air purifier pocket assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 290 1 Disconnect fan motor wire leads and transformer wire leads from wire harness 2 Extract air purifier pocket assembly mounting screws and remove assembly from unit Refrigerator Compartment Thermistor The refrigerator compartment thermistor is inserted into a thermistor clamp behind the upper duct assembly To remove the compartment thermistor first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf upper light diffuser and upper duct assembly then See Figure 7 291 1 Pull thermistor from clamp 2 Cut
334. then 1 Atthe top of the door insert a flat blade screwdriver into the channel of the screw cover and push the cover back disengaging it from the handle or trim See Figure 7 85 2 With a T 20 6 lobe Torx type bit extract the handle side trim mounting screws and pull the trim from the door See Figure 7 86 Stainless Steel Door Handle Assembly A screw inserted through the stainless steel handle standoffs into the handle secures the handle to the standoffs The standoffs are then slides over threaded studs that are attached to the door shell A socket head set screw inserted through the side of the standoff secures the standoff to the stud To remove a stainless steel handle assembly See Figure 7 87 1 Use a 3 32 Allen wrench to loosen the set screw in each handle standoff 2 Pull handle assembly off of the threaded studs Component Access Removal As p MSN SCREEN COVER TRA Figure 7 85 Screw Cover Removal 7 vA SDE TRA V MSN ANN RO Figure 7 86 Handle Handle Side Trim Removal Handle Standoff Handle Mount Screw Threaded Stud Set Screw Handle Figure 7 87 Cut away View of SS Handle Assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Top Door Hinge Assembly The top hinge a
335. thermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Lower Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is positioned over the evapo rator and held in place with screws passing through it into standoff screw grommets that are fastened to the compartment back wall To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover and the crisper spacer then See Figure 7 292 1 Disconnect crisper fan electrical leads from left side of lower duct assembly 2 Extract lower duct mounting screws 3 Lean top of duct forward and remove all panel mount electrical connections from duct then remove duct from the unit 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 116 y Air Purifier Pocket Assembly we Figure 7 290 Air Purifier Pocket Removal Compartment Thermistor Lower Duct Assembly amp Figure 7 292 Lower Duct Assembly Removal Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Refrigerator Evaporator Thermistor The refrigerator evaporator thermistor is inserted six to ten inches into the opening below the third elbow on the left side of the evaporator To remove the evaporator thermistor first remove all cantile
336. thout achieving necessary volume Check for water system blockages kinked water lines proper water pressure to unit Dispenser active for maximum fill time Water was dispensed for 150 seconds Verify no stuck keys or flooding Glass door heater open circuit Check wiring and power to heater Check heater ohms Glass door heater short circuit Check wiring and power to heater Check heater ohms 1 watt glasswell heater not detected Check wiring and power to heater Check heater ohms 4 watt glasswell heater not detected Check wiring and power to heater Check heater ohms Main Refrigerator lights open circuit Check lights and wiring Main Freezer lights open circuit Check lights and wiring Main Refrigerator lights short circuit Check lights and wiring Main Refrigerator lights short circuit Check lights and wiring Air filter light burned out Replace air filter cartridge Accent lights open circuit Check lights and wiring Accent lights short circuit Check lights and wiring 7005333 Revision B March 2009 8 8 Esve ze o4 Built In BI Series Fault Code Troubleshooting Table CODE 50 80 50 86 50 87 60 60 60 60 90 70 90 71 90 72 90 73 90 74 90 75 90 81 90 90 90 92 90 93 90 38 90 55 90 56 90 01 90 38 90 39 SERVICE ICON STATE ON ON ON Troubleshooting Guides TEST ACTION Water Flow meter not detected Verify power and wiring to flow meter assembly If power and wiring
337. tic Ester oil will attract moisture General Rules for Working with 134a Refrigerant Use equipment dedicated to 134a sealed system service only Use only 134a refrigerant for back flushing and sweep charging Always replace the high side filter drier when servicing the sealed system high side filter drier must be cut from the sealed system Never un braze the drier as the heat will drive moisture into the sealed system Do not leave the sealed system nor replacement compressor open to the atmosphere for more than then 10 minutes When the rubber plugs are pulled from the service compressor a release of pressure should be heard If no release of pressure is heard do not use the compressor Use ONLY virgin 134a refrigerant when recharging the sealed system 7005333 Revision B March 2009 42 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Sealed System Information BUILT IN SERIES SEALED SYSTEM REPAIR PROCEDURES Non Operating Inefficient A Capture refrigerant Noisy Compressor Replace Compressor Replace filter drier Evacuate or sweep charge system Recharge system with Virgin 134a refrigerant NOTE To check for a non operating compressor a hard start kit can be used High Side leak A Capture refrigerant Repair leak Replace filter drier Evacuate or sweep charge system Recharge system with Virgin 134a refrigerant Low Side Leak A Capture refrigerant A Repair leak if at solder join
338. tional state IM i i i M CONDENSER FAN MOTOR Wine drawing any warmer moist air M away from the door glass E w See Figure 3 43 dii ware dB Ext 28 S SE m Fe FREEZER ucis ii UC ORANGEBLACK T nize ER orance NN M nura gros TU Lr m Su ss 1 e 4 o l 3 gs zs WHITE BE MAIN U ia EH CONTROL E ly BOARD i secun 2300 29000 FILL TUBE HEATER mE 5 GRAY WHITE p gt sie a 27 9 30 9 Q DEF HEATER m 2 Signal that ref door opened and closed TERMINATOR ES YCOMPRESSOR aH STARTING RELAY FREEZER COMPRESSOR ms STARTING RELAY LOW VOLTAGE RETE WY Bee 3 Evaporator Mea RED BLACK AIR FILTER FAN WHITE BROWN EVAPORATOR FAN EVAPORATOR FAN REF GLASS DOOR HEATER 2490 3170 RED BLUE WHITE BLACKIYELLOW MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITE BLACK BLACK WHITE FLOW METER THERMISTER FREEZER EVAP THERMISTER FREEZER CABINET THERMISTER REF EVAP THERMISTER IERI REF CABINET DEVICE ACCENT LIGHTING BLUE PURPLE LED WHITEIPURPLE KEYPAD Figure 3 43 Signal Trace Schematic Glass Door Unit Door Heater amp Evaporator Fan Operation 3 25 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Electronic Control System Built In BI Series t Monitor Regulate and Display Freezer Compartment
339. tions to assure a ninety 90 degree door opening Allow enough clearance in front of the unit for full door swing IMPORTANT NOTE Make sure the floor under the unit is level with the surrounding finished floor 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 2 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Finished Rough Opening Specifications 30 and 36 Over Under Models 18 ANTI TIP BRACKET MUST NOT TOP VIEW 1 INTERFERE WITH WATER LINE d3 REFER TO INSTALLATION WATER LINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETE 24 610 DEINEN OPENING OUTLINE OF EXTEND WATER LINE APPR0X DEPTH FRAMED OVERLAY 36 914 FROM BACK WALL OR STAINLESS SHUT OFF STEEL MODEL VALVE Tft LOCATE 178 24 610 gt ELECTRICAL i OPENING WITHIN 6 DEPTH SHADEDAREA 152 w A gt OPENING WIDTH 833 4 751 2 2127 1918 OPENING HEIGHT LOCATE WATER SUPPLY WITHIN SHADED AREA 18 6 457 152 lt Y 3 76 Y SIDE VIEW i FRONT VIEW TES 6 lt 18 457 152 lt LA ANTI TIP BRACKET MUST NOT TOP VIEW uy INTERFERE WITH WATER LINE REFER TO INSTALLATION WATER LINE INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETE 24 610 263 16 DETAILS sit OPENING GUTENE 665 ASSUMES 3 4 19 PANEL DEPTH FLUSH INSET OF FLUSH INSET
340. to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position Condenser Holes in the front and rear bottom flanges of the con denser fit over threaded studs in the unit tray then a nut is applied to each threaded stud to hold the con denser in place NOTES See information WARNING and NOTES under the heading of Models BI 33S 425 48S Sealed System Components before continuing The condenser inlet and outlet stubs are at the rear of the condenser After capturing the refrigerant from the sealed system See Figure 7 243 1 Remove nuts from threaded studs at the front and rear of condenser then lift condenser slightly to clear threaded studs and pull condenser forward 2 Using a tube cutter cut condenser inlet and outlet tubes approximately 1 from condenser stubs then remove condenser fully from unit tray NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After replacing the condenser take care to not kink tubing as the unit tray is slid back into position 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Compressor Electrical Assembly Capacitor amp Clip 1 Screws 3 Rubber Grommets 4 Figure 7 242 Compressor Removal Inlet and Outlet are at back of Condenser Figure 7 243 Condenser Removal Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Refrigerator or Freezer Evaporator The refrig
341. top freezer basket and the light diffuser then turn the bulb counter clockwise to remove it See Figure 7 49 The light bracket assembly is secured with screws to the compartment ceiling Light Bracket To remove a light bracket assembly first remove the top basket and light diffuser then See Figure 7 49 1 Extract bracket mounting screws 2 Lower assembly down and disconnect the lighting wire harness 3 pull ground clip from side of bracket Upper Freezer Basket Full Extension Slide The upper freezer basket full extension slides are attached to the side walls of the freezer with screws n To remove an upper freezer basket full extension slide Figure 7 49 Freezer Light Assembly first remove the drawer front assembly and both freezer baskets then extract the slide mounting screws and pull the slide from the freezer compartment See Figure 7 50 Upper Basket Slide Figure 7 50 Upper Basket Full Extension Slide 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 20 Esuez e1 Built In Series Component Access Removal Freezer Drawer Slide Rail Assembly The drawer slide rail assemblies are attached to the full extension drawer slides with screws To remove a drawer slide rail assembly first remove the drawer front assembly and the lower freezer basket then See Figure 7 51 1 Extend slide rail out fully 2 Extract slide rail mounting screws then lift slid
342. tor Compartment Temperatures Details of Controlling the Refrigerator Variable Speed Evaporator Fan Motor The evaporator fan in the refrigerator zone uses a low DC voltage variable speed motor During normal operation and when the door is closed the motor is supplied with 12V DC at all times from P2 14 off of the control board with the neutral or ground return to P2 1 When high offset temperature is detected a command is sent to the evaporator fan motor from P2 13 to run at high speed and the RPM is monitored via P2 16 On some models the refrigerator evaporator fan will always run at high speed when energized while on others a command will be sent to the fan after approximately thirty 30 seconds of high speed operation to ramp down to low speed This will vary by model If the compartment thermistor in those models where the fan speed is normally ramped down after thirty 30 sec onds detects temperatures above high offset the fan will remain at high speed until the temperature falls below high offset then ramp down to low speed And in all models if the refrigerator door is opened while the evaporator fan is operating the microprocessor will detect the power signal to the lights and interrupts the 12V DC power to the fan See Figure 3 40 NOTE During Sabbath Mode the lighting system is disabled and the 12V DC supplied to the evaporator fan cannot be interrupted thus the evaporator fan may be observed running when the door is open
343. tor through grommet in middle duct assembly 2 Using a small flat bladed screwdriver press in retaining tabs of icemaker wire harness female EE electrical connector and push connector back through hole in middle duct assembly 3 Extract middle duct assembly mounting screws then pull duct assembly from compartment Figure 7 228 Middle Duct Assembly Removal Icemaker Fill Tube Heater Removal To Remove the fill tube heater first remove all can tilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assem bly and icemaker then unplug the heater and remove it from the compartment See Figure 7 229 Lower Freezer Duct Assembly The lower duct assembly is secured with screws pass ing through the duct into stand offs located at the bot tom corners of the evaporator cover Fill Tube Heater To remove the lower duct assembly first remove all Fill Tube cantilever shelves upper light diffuser upper duct assembly freezer baskets basket slides icemaker and Figure 7 229 Fill Tube Heater Removal middle duct assembly then extract the screws from the bottom corners of the lower duct assembly and pull the assembly from the compartment See Figure 7 230 Screws 7 Figure 7 230 Lower Duct Assembly Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 92 Esuez e1 Built In BI Serie
344. trical shock MAIN CONTROL BOARD WHITE BLACK BLACKWHITE WHITERED BLUEANHITE YELLOWIBROWN WHITE BROWN RED BLACK BLUEYELLOW REDAWHITE BLUE BLACK TOUCH PAD REF EVAP FAN MOTOR 1RED AYELLOW ZWHITE JACKETCABLE censor REF CAB JACKET CABLE SENSOR REF EVAP RED BLACK 1 WHITE AIR FILTER FAN Q DRAWER FAN SENSOR FRE EVAP SENSOR FRE CAB FRE EVAP FAN MOTOR AYELLOWIBEROWN S BLUE WHITE 2 WHITE LOW VOLTAGE 10 3 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Wiring Diagrams Schematics Built In BI Series P N 7000632 REV E CONTROL BOARD DETAIL amp SUMMARY TABLE MODELS BI 30U BI 36U SUB ZERO 4a WARNING This wiring information is provided for use by qualified service personnel only Disconnect appliance from electrical supply before beginning service Be sure all grounding devices are connected when service is complete Failure to observe the above warnings may result in severe electrical shock P18 P6 P16 DEFROST MAIN HTR COMP2 COMPl LIGHTS Ho a NEUTRAL P14 1 I l
345. ts Kickplate To remove a kickplate extract the screws from the left and right corners of the kickplate then pull the kickplate forward See Figure 7 1 Dual Installation Kickplate A dual installation kickplate assembly is held in place with magnets at each end and one screw at top center To remove the dual installation kickplate the screw at top center must be extracted before pulling the dual installation kickplate forward See Figure 7 14 Drain Pan The drain pan slides in from the front of unit on two side brackets A locating feature was built into the drain pan in the form of detentes at the bottom front that drop into notches at the front of the side brackets To remove the drain pan See Figure 7 2 1 Remove kickplate 2 Push front of drain pan up slightly then pull for ward 7 3 Figure 7 2 Drain Pan Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zeroy Water Valve Assembly AC Connection The water valve is located to the right of the drain pan and is attached to the valve bracket with screws NOTE Before attempting to remove the water valve DC Connection assembly switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the water valve assembly first remove the kickplate then See Figure 7 3 Outlet Tube 1 With a valve assembly mounting scr
346. ts 10 7 Control Board Detail Summary Table 10 8 Wire SChefmaticS uice ote nie dere acd 10 9 Model BI 36R a 10 10 High Voltage Diagram 10 10 Low Voltage Diagram sn tne nena 10 11 Control Board Detail Summary Table 10 12 Wire Schemall6s asul saus 10 13 Models 365 425 BI 48S 10 14 High Voltage Diagram 10 14 Low Voltage Diagram teens 10 15 Control Board Detail Summary Table 10 16 Wire Schemall6S 10 17 Models BI 42SD BI 48SD 10 18 High Voltage Diagram 10 18 Low Voltage Diagram 10 19 Control Board Detail Summary Table 10 20 Wire Schematics esses 10 21 Esvezeecd Built In BI Series WARRANTY INFORMATION This page summarizes the 2 5 amp 12 Year Warranty pro vided with every Sub Zero appliance as well as the two special warranties Non Residential Warranty Applies to units installed in non residential applications Display Model Home Warranty Applies to distrib utor and dealer display units and units in model homes sold three years after date of manufacture Following the warranty summarie
347. tub then remove evaporator from compartment 4 With a tin snips or similar tool cut heat exchanger in compartment as close as possible to ceiling where heat exchanger passes through 5 Use a tube cutter to cut drier from condenser outlet tube 6 Using a tube cutter cut suction line approximately 1 from Freezer 7 Pull remaining heat exchanger from unit Cut Vd Evaporator Here NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system When replacing the heat exchanger it is recommend ed to attach it at the evaporator end first then feed the heat exchanger through hole up to compressor area 7 51 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series evs zerod Model BI 36R Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Kickplate To remove a kickplate extract the screws from the left and right corners of the kickplate then pull the kickplate forward See Figure 7 125 Dual Installation Kickplate A dual installation kickplate assembly is held in place with magnets at each end and one screw at top center To remove the dual installation kickplate the screw at top center must be extracted before pulling the dual installation kickplate forward See Figure 7 125A Drain Pan The drain pan slides in from the front of unit on two side brackets A locating feature was built int
348. tud or the wall plate in any of the brackets back holes use the 8 18 X 1 1 4 PH Truss HD Screws and 12 Flat Washers with the Nylon Zip It Wall Anchors 7005333 Revision B March 2009 2 6 Finished Floor Underlayment Figure 2 4 Wall Plate Sub Flooring Figure 2 5 m CONCRETE I 13 mm MIN FLOOR Esvezeecd Built In BI Series Flush Inset Installation Procedure The two anti tip brackets must be located 24 610 mm back from front of rough opening and a minimum of 4 102 mm from sides of rough opening This will ensure that ant tip brackets properly engage anti tip bar at back of unit NOTE Both brackets MUST be used Wood Floor Applications See Figure 2 6 After properly locating anti tip brackets in rough opening drill pilot holes 3 16 diameter maximum Then use the 12 X 2 1 2 PH Pan HD Zinc Screws and 12 Flat Washers to secure the brackets in place NOTES Make sure screws penetrate flooring material and wall stud or wall plate a minimum of 3 4 19 mm f 1112 X 2 1 2 screws do not hit a wall stud or the wall plate in any of the brackets back holes use the 8 18 X 1 1 4 PH Truss HD Screws and 12 Flat Washers with the Nylon Zip It Wall Anchors Concrete Floor Applications See Figure 2 7 After properly locating anti tip brackets in rough opening drill pilot holes 3 16 diameter maximum in the wall studs and or wal
349. use a flat blade screwdriver to pry the post at the end of the door closer arm up out of the hole in the top of the door assembly 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 8 Figure 7 14 Top Door Hinge Screw Removal Setscrew Installation and Spacer Installation Figure 7 15 Cabinet Hinge Bolt Removal and Door Hinge Screw Removal Hinge Assy Figure 7 16 Top Door Hinge Assy Removal Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Door Assembly The door assembly is secured to the top and bottom door hinges with screws NOTE It will be necessary to have two people to per form this door assembly removal procedure To remove a door assembly the top hinge assembly must be removed first And If the unit has a glass door unplug the heater flex cable from the wire harness before continuing Then See Figure 7 17 1 Use an assistant to open and hold the door between forty five to ninety degrees Use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the bot tom door hinge mounting screws 3 Have the assistant lift the door up off of the bottom door hinge assembly 2 Bottom Door Hinge Assembly The bottom door hinge assembly is attached to the hinge side plate with screws To remove a bottom door hinge assembly the door must first be removed then See Figure 7 18 1 Pull the unit approximately six 6 inches 152mm out of its installation 2 Use a 5 32
350. vaporator from compartment NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system After capillary tube separates check tubing for inter nal burrs If burrs exist repeat step 2 above Figure 7 171 Refrigerator Evaporator Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 70 Esuez ed Built In Series Component Access Removal Heat Exchanger The heat exchanger passes through the ceiling of the compartment NOTES The high side filter drier must also be replaced when replacing a heat exchanger To remove a heat exchanger first capture the refriger ant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 172 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment With a tin snips or similar tool cut heat exchanger in compartment as close as possible to ceiling where heat exchanger passes through Use a tube cutter to cut drier from condenser outlet tube Using a tube cutter cut suction line approximately 1 from compressor 7 Pull remaining heat exchanger from unit NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system Whe
351. ve the control panel assembly first remove the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 205 1 At each end of control panel assembly reach behind the control panel and push the lower tabs upward while pulling the bottom edge away from the display support 2 Once the lower tabs are disengaged lower the assembly down and disconnect the electrical lead from the control panel assembly PC board Upper Duct Assembly The refrigerator upper duct assembly has notches at the bottom of each side flange that fit over locating pins on the shelf ladders screws at the top of the duct secure it to the back wall of the compartment at the bottom plastic rivets hold it tight to the top flange of the lower duct assembly To remove the upper duct assembly first remove all cantilever shelves the crisper glass shelf and the upper light diffuser then See Figure 7 206 1 Atthe bottom of duct extract plastic rivet center posts using a fingernail putty knife or similar device then pull rivets out 2 Extract screws from top of upper duct 3 Pull top of duct forward about 45 degrees from ver tical then lift the duct up off of shelf ladder pins Ground Clip Light Bracket Assembly Figure 7 204 Upper Light Assembly 1 Tx gt Rear View Lower Tab Slot in Display Support Figure 7 205 Control Pa
352. ver hinge side drawer slides and the crisper light cover Then extract the crisper spacer mounting screws and pull the spacer assembly from the wall See Figure 7 150 Air Purifier Cartridge The air purification system is located behind a door on the upper refrigerator duct assembly To remove the air purifier cartridge See Figure 7 151 1 Pull bottom edge of door forward and up until it locks in the up position 2 Grab top of inside flap and pull it forward and down this will cause the cartridge to pop out of the sock et 3 Lift cartridge up from socket Upper Light Diffuser Assembly The upper light diffuser assembly located at the top of the refrigerated compartment is held in place by invert ed T shaped slots at its sides fitting over pegs on the light diffuser brackets To remove the light diffuser See Figure 7 152 1 Push diffuser toward rear of unit until center of inverted T shaped slots line up with diffuser bracket pegs Lower diffuser down and pull it from the compart ment NOTE When reinstalling the light diffuser be sure to pull it forward fully so that the tabs inside the inverted T shaped slots engage the pegs in the diffuser brackets Failure to do so will allow the diffuser to fall out easily Crisper Spacer Assembly uod Figure 7 150 Crisper Spac r Assembly Removal Air Purifier Cartridge
353. ver shelves the upper light diffuser crisper glass shelf upper duct assembly drawer assemblies glass crisper cover hinge side drawer slides crisper light cover crisper spacer and lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 293 1 Pull thermistor from evaporator 2 Cutthermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment Water Reservoir Tank Access Panel The water reservoir tank access panel is installed by sliding it back between a retainer bracket and the upper left shelf ladder assembly then one screw at the top center and two along the bottom of the panel hold it in place To remove the access panel the light diffuser must be removed first then See Figure 7 294 1 Extract access panel mounting screws 2 Grasp bottom of panel and slide it back then pull down while swinging front edge out Water Reservoir Tank The water reservoir tank is concealed behind the water tank access panel and is held to the mullion wall with screws fitting into stand off screw grommets NOTE Before removing the water tank turn the water supply to the unit off and drain the water from the tank To remove the water reservoir tank the light diffuser and water tank access panel must be removed first then See Figure 7 295 1 Disconnect compression fittings at inlet and outlet of water reservoir tank 2 Remove mounting screws and lift out NOTE After reinstalling a wat
354. welve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from gt E VJ vZ compartment Figure 7 112 Evaporator Thermistor Removal NOTE When replacing the thermistor be sure to attach the new thermistor to the same return elbow that the defective thermistor was removed from At this writing the thermistor is attached to the third elbow from the top in the front row of elbows on the right side 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 44 Esuez e1 Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Freezer Compartment Thermistor The freezer compartment thermistor is inserted into a thermistor clamp that is attached to the right wall of the compartment below the fixed glass shelf To remove the compartment thermistor first remove all d 7 cantilever shelves the fixed glass shelf all freezer bas A kets icemaker assembly upper light diffuser upper i duct assembly middle duct assembly an lower duct assembly then See Figure 7 111 PAN ee Ae Compartment Thermistor 1 Extract the right wire cover mounting screws and pull wire cover from compartment 2 Cut thermistor s wire leads six 6 to twelve 12 inches from the back wall then pull thermistor from compartment
355. with replacement hinge and door assemblies If needed order part 7011097 The directions below were written to be used with this tool package To remove a top hinge assembly the grille assembly and top cabinet trim must first be removed If removing the refrigerator door remove the water filter cartridge from above the hinge assembly pull the communication flex cable out of the cable retainer at the side of the hinge assembly at this time then 1 With the door open use a 5 32 Allen wrench or bit to extract the top door hinge mounting screw near est to the hinge pivot point See Figure 7 264 2 Use a 1 8 Allen wrench or bit to replace the screw just removed with the 1 4 20X1 2 setscrew includ ed in the tool package inserting the setscrew down until its top is flush with the top surface of the door hinge See Figure 7 264 NOTE If the setscrew is not inserted far enough it will damage the hinge plate when closing the door if it is inserted too far it will not hold the door hinge in the correct position when closing the door 3 Extract the inner door hinge mounting screws leav ing the outermost screw in place See Figure 7 264 4 insert the hinge spacer included in the special tool package between the door closer guide and the back of the door closer track then close the door See Figure 7 264 NOTE This spacer will keep the door closer mech anism at the proper spacing to facilitate hinge assembly removal
356. wn 7005333 Revision B March 2009 7 100 Esuez ed Built In BI Series Component Access Removal Models BI 42SD BI 48SD Exterior Cosmetic Mechanical Components Kickplate To remove a kickplate extract the screws from the left and right corners of the kickplate then pull the kickplate forward See Figure 7 247 Drain Pan The drain pan slides in from the front of unit on two side brackets A locating feature was built into the drain pan in the form of detentes at the bottom front that drop into notches at the front of the side brackets To remove the drain pan See Figure 7 248 1 Remove kickplate 2 Push front of drain pan up slightly then pull for ward Dual Water Valve Assembly The dual water valve is located to the right of the drain pan and is attached to the valve bracket with screws NOTE Before attempting to remove the dual water valve assembly switch the water supply to the unit off To remove the dual water valve assembly first remove the kickplate then See Figure 7 249 1 With a valve assembly mounting screws and pull valve forward 2 Disconnect AC and DC electrical leads NOTE It may be necessary to cut a cable tie that is securing the AC electrical leads to the valve assembly 3 Disconnect inlet and outlet water tubes from valves by pushing the collar around the tubes toward the valves while pulling the tubes away from the valves 7 101
357. xchanger It will be necessary to pull the unit from its installation and remove the rear duct in order to replace a freez er heat exchanger See WARNINGS at beginning of this section To remove a heat exchanger first capture the refriger ant from the sealed system then See Figure 7 75 or 7 76 1 Extract evaporator mounting screws then pull and rotate evaporator so heat exchanger is accessible 2 With a file score a line around capillary tube 1 or less from evaporator inlet then fatigue capillary tube at this line until it separates 3 With a tube cutter cut suction tube 1 or less from evaporator outlet stub then remove evaporator from compartment 4 With a tin snips or similar tool cut heat exchanger in compartment as close as possible to wall or ceil ing where heat exchanger passes through 5 Use a tube cutter to cut drier from condenser outlet tube 6 Using a tube cutter cut suction line approximately 1 from compressor 7 Pull remaining heat exchanger from unit NOTES Do not sweat tubing apart Doing so will induce moisture into the sealed system When replacing the heat exchanger it is recommend ed to attach it at the evaporator end first then feed the heat exchanger through hole up to compressor area Cut Here Evaporator Figure 7 75 Refrigerator Heat Exchanger Removal Freezer Evaporator Figure 7
358. y If Fault Codes are present but the desire is to view current temperature readings from the thermistors Diagnostic Mode then press the ALARM key this will shift the electronic control system into Diagnostic Mode NE SAS LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER IM i COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 67 Initiate Fault Code Recall Mode Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key Example Shown 30 8 30 Service Wrench Flashing and Alarm Chiming Water Valve not Opened but Water Detected Passing Through ZA LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER J p H COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Figure 3 68 Press WARMER or COLDER Key to Toggle Through Fault Codes Example Shown 10 2 02 with Service Wrench Steady Freezer Cabinet Thermistor Unstable See the Fault Code Table with LCD Correlation Diagram on following page See the Fault Code Troubleshooting Tables in Troubleshooting Guide section of this manual 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 36 Esvezeso Built In BI Series Electronic Control System FAULT CODE TABLE WITH LCD CORRELATION DIAGRAM PAGE 1 of 2 LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAX ICE COLDER WARMER B B B B COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER 10 Thermistor Faults 0 Misc 00 Open 15 Relay Faults 1 Refrigerator 01 Short Closed 20 Defrost Heater Faults 2
359. y 20 seconds after the last key stroke or press the ALARM key to exit this mode Temperature Temperature Units of Measure FA LIGHTS ICE MAKER MAXICE COLDER WARMER b COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Location Code Figure 3 61 Initiate Diagnostic Mode Press and Hold Either COLDER Key Then the POWER Key Refrigerator Compartment COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER n po F Figure 3 62 Press WARMER or COLDER Key to Toggle Through the Temperatures rE Refrigerator Evaporator 7005333 Revision B March 2009 3 34 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Electronic Control System THERMISTOR LOCATION CODE TABLE LOCATION Refrigerator Compartment Refrigerator Evaporator Ambient ADDITIONAL DIAGNOSTIC MODE NOTES If Sh and r appear in the LCD when initiating Diagnostic Mode See Figure 3 63 the unit is in Showroom Mode which was covered earlier in this section If EE is observed in the left display area during Diagnostic Mode the thermistor in that location is open shorted unstable or not present See Figure 3 64 There is currently no thermistor in the drawers so EE will appear at left of the dr See Figure 3 65 There is currently no thermist
360. y Side Overlay i m Door Trim No Handles Panel Grille Standard BI 48S S Built In Series 48 Wide Side by Side Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Stainless Steel Grille Standard Model BI 48S MODEL DESCRIPTION BI 48SD F Built In Series 48 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Framed Door Trim with Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 48SD O Built In Series 48 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Overlay Door Trim No Handles Louver Grille Standard BI 48SD S Built In Series 48 Wide Side by Side Ice Water Dispenser Classic Stainless Steel Wrapped Doors Louver Grille Standard Model BI 48SD 1 11 7005333 Revision B March 2009 General Information Built In Series Fevc zeroy 7005333 Revision B March 2009 1 12 Esue zeeed Built In BI Series Installation Information SECTION 2 INSTALLATION INFORMATION Installation Information Built In BI Series Vse sZ INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS This section uses some of the information in the BI Series Installation Guide to address common installation issues seen by Service Technicians Improper installation though not a valid service issue has the potential to lead to a call for service Installati
361. y again and the single ice cube icon disappears NOTES Power to the freezer lights is monitored to help control icemaker operation If the freezer door is open power to the ice maker system is interrupted unless the icemaker is filling with water at that time After the door is closed power is not allowed to the ice maker system for an additional three 3 minutes unless the Maximum Ice Production feature has been initiated The ice maker system will continue to produce ice if the ice bucket is not in the correct position However to help prevent the ice maker system from filling the freezer with ice the electronic control will not allow twenty 20 con secutive ice harvests between any two door openings To allow ice to freeze fully and reduce effects of low water pressure power to the ice maker system is interrupted for forty five 45 minutes after each ice harvest This can be bypassed for service purposes by switching the ice maker system OFF then back ON with the ICE MAKER key The fill tube heater is energized 10096 of the time whenever the ice maker system is ON When in Sabbath Mode the icemaker system is disabled Sabbath Mode will be explained later The ice maker system is disabled whenever the water filter or water filter plug is removed LIGHTS ICE MAKER COLDER WARMER F F COLDER WARMER PURE AIR ALARM POWER Ice Maker System is ON Figure 3 8
362. y from the compressor area then See Figure 7 165 1 Extract screws securing motor to brackets NOTE The brackets will unhook from the grom mets in the shroud after the screws are removed 2 To remove fan blade from fan motor a Grab blade and motor while turning nut coun terclockwise b Then pull the blade from the motor shaft Brackets 7 67 Figure 7 165 Condenser Fan Motor Removal 7005333 Revision B March 2009 Component Access Removal Built In Series Vsee ss4 Models BI 36R Sealed System Components The sealed system components at the top of the appliance sit on a sliding unit tray There is a slot in the unit tray running from front to back with a bolt positioned in the middle of this slot and attached to the top of the appliance This allows the tray to be pulled straight forward to aid in sealed system repairs See Figure 7 166 When not being moved for service a bolt passing down through a hole at the front of the unit tray holds it in place A WARNING UNIT COULD TIP FORWARD MAKE SURE THE Bolt ANTI TIP BRACKETS ARE IN PLACE AND THE UNIT IS PROPERLY ANCHORED BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SLIDE THE UNIT TRAY OUT NOTES wm Removing the condenser fan shroud assembly before sliding the unit tray out will allow greater access to sealed system components on the tray See con denser Fan Shroud Assembly removal instructions earlier in this section When tapping into th

Component Access / Removal Built-In (BI) Series

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents